Commit Graph

3331 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
b106173a82 Add no_cck parameter for send_action() driver_ops
This can be used to apply the no-CCK rule conditionally depending on
which frame is being sent. The no-CCK rule applies only for P2P
management frames while SA Query and FT use cases do not have similar
restrictions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-29 21:49:46 +03:00
Daniel Drake
4483f23e15 dbus: Raise PropertiesChanged on org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties
wpa_supplicant dbus objects are currently difficult to use with
GDBusProxy. This is because they do not follow the dbus standard in
emitting the PropertiesChanged signal on the standard D-Bus properties
interface, so GDBusProxy stores stale property values.

Fix this by raising PropertiesChanged on the standard interface.
For backwards compatibility, the existing custom PropertiesChanged
signals are not removed; I anticipate them being removed in a future
major release.

See
http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/dbus/2011-August/014593.html
for more info.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@laptop.org>
2011-10-29 19:26:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
767885423b wpa_cli: Argument completion for p2p_group_remove
Track active P2P groups and complete p2p_group_remove argument.
2011-10-28 23:59:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a624f20bcd wpa_cli: Add completion functions for P2P peers and BSSes
Keep a local list of found P2P peers and BSS entries and use those
to complete arguments for p2p_peer, p2p_connect, and bss commands.
2011-10-28 23:50:37 +03:00
Jithu Jance
b49d6ccb74 P2P: Fix frequency in the P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED event
P2P Client did not show correct frequency in the control interface
event P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED. Fix that by using the frequency from
the BSS table or association event.
2011-10-28 22:26:30 +03:00
Jithu Jance
3074d8f12d P2P: Notify device expiry via P2P-DEVICE-LOST event
This patch will notify applications listening over control socket about
the device expiry [from p2p peer list].
2011-10-28 22:13:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8271f14a4d Automatically include WPS and AP support if P2P is enabled
CONFIG_WPS=y and CONFIG_AP=y are required if CONFIG_P2P=y so
we may as well enable them automatically in that case.
2011-10-28 21:17:08 +03:00
Jithu Jance
2d4f15d683 P2P: Stop any on-going "p2p_find" on creating an Autonomous GO
This patch stops any on-going "p2p_find" on creating an Autonomous GO.
This is already taken care in case of invoking a persistent GO. GO as
such will be advertising via the beacons for other devices to discover.
So normally the GO doesn't need to do a p2p_find until and unless it
wants to invite a P2P Client. In case of Invite scenario, logically it
is better to do a explicit discover [via user intervention] after the GO
is created. This patch will help to reduce battery wastage [due to
p2p_find operations] in scenarios where user creates a GO and doesn't
initiate a connection.
2011-10-26 01:28:51 +03:00
Jithu Jance
5cbd88d921 P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case
Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s
corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids
accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a
possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 23:37:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acc247b260 P2P: Advertise Persistent Reconnect group capability
The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide
whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group.
However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap.
Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO
Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
2011-10-24 17:29:37 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
2d565a61f2 TDLS: Support mgmt-frame Tx for ctrl-iface operations
Use capability information to decide whether to perform a given TDLS
operation internally or through mgmt-frame Tx.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:20:43 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
45b722f150 TDLS: Add peer as a STA during link setup
Before commencing setup, add a new STA entry to the driver representing
the peer. Later during setup, update the STA entry using information
received from the peer.

Extend sta_add() callback for adding/modifying a TDLS peer entry and
connect it to the TDLS state machine. Implement this callback for the
nl80211 driver and send peer information to kernel.

Mark TDLS peer entries with a new flag and translate it to a
corresponding nl80211 flag in the nl80211 driver.

In addition, correct TDLS related documentation in the wpa_driver_ops
structure.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:35 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
8f15f711c5 TDLS: Implement low-ack event for lost TDLS peers
Disable the direct connection when a TDLS peer stops responding
to packets, as indicated by the "LOW ACK" event coming from a driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:19:08 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
7de27409a2 TDLS: Support sending a teardown frame from usermode
When a driver does not implement the TDLS_TEARDOWN operation internally,
send an explicit TDLS link teardown frame to the driver.

Change all teardown calls to use these calling semantics.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:18:49 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
35287637cc TDLS/nl80211: Support receiving TDLS discovery response frames
Register for the TDLS discovery response public action frame in nl80211.
Print out a debug message when a Discovery Resp frame is received and
validated.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:18:35 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
c58ab8f249 TDLS: Get TDLS related capabilities from driver
Put glue code in place to propagate TDLS related driver capabilities to
the TDLS state machine.

If the driver doesn't support capabilities, assume TDLS is supported
internally.

When TDLS is explicitly not supported, disable all user facing TDLS
operations.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:15:15 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
ba3936d990 TDLS: Support setting CONFIG_TDLS_TESTING in .config
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-10-23 22:14:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
edc3a7c414 Remove unused driver_ops client MLME functions
These driver_ops functions set_channel, set_ssid, set_bssid,
mlme_add_sta, and mlme_remove_sta were used with the user space
MLME implementation in wpa_supplicant. That was only for testing
purposes and was removed, but these driver_ops were forgotten.
Remove them now to remove confusing driver_ops definitions.
2011-10-23 20:07:57 +03:00
Christian Lamparter
e1e8cae3c7 wpa_supplicant: Check rate sets before joining BSS
IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all
required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 17:21:50 +03:00
Christian Lamparter
6bf731e8ce wpa_supplicant: Unify hardware feature data
The hardware feature data is required in several different places
throughout the code. Previously, the data was acquired and freed on
demand, but with this patch wpa_supplicant will keep a single copy
around at runtime for everyone to use.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 17:21:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7756114f6a Postpone global_init() call until first driver instance is initialized
This avoids allocating global driver state for driver wrappers that
are built in but not used. This can save some resources and avoids
failures with driver_nl80211.c that is now initializing netlink
connections for nl80211 in global_init().
2011-10-23 13:20:52 +03:00
Grant Erickson
80267c9cec dbus: Removed unused local variable
Signed-off-by: Grant Erickson <marathon96@gmail.com>
2011-10-23 12:36:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b832d34c48 Comment out scard initialization code if PCSC_FUNCS is not set 2011-10-23 12:24:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17fbb751e1 Remove user space client MLME
This code was used only with driver_test.c to allow MLME operations
in hostapd to be tested without having to use a real radio. There
are no plans on extending this to any other use than testing and
mac80211_hwsim has now obsoled the need for this type of testing.
As such, we can drop this code from wpa_supplicant to clean up the
implementation of unnecessary complexity.
2011-10-22 22:45:38 +03:00
Andrii Bordunov
745e8aba69 Add CONFIG_WPS_REG_DISABLE_OPEN to defconfig 2011-10-22 22:24:34 +03:00
Andrii Bordunov
2c4f80d519 WPS: Use ifdef blocks consistently for CONFIG_WPS_REG_DISABLE_OPEN
The registrar variable is used only if this macro is defined, so no
need to set it otherwise.
2011-10-22 22:21:53 +03:00
Andrii Bordunov
d5695081c2 wpa_priv: Link in trace.o to fix CONFIG_WPA_TRACE build 2011-10-22 22:18:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d2639127f wpa_priv: Link in ieee802_11_common.o if driver_nl80211 is used 2011-10-22 22:17:41 +03:00
Andrii Bordunov
f7fcfc347c wpa_priv: Update function arguments to fix compilation 2011-10-22 22:11:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e0e6902a2 Share a single wpa_scan_results_free() implementation
There is not really a very good location for this anywhere, but the
function is small enough to live as an inline function for now.
2011-10-22 22:09:40 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
48f8e03622 Prevent ap_scan change during association
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-10-21 19:00:18 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
8f5b9aa19a Set ANDROID_LOG_NAME depending on application
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-10-21 18:59:42 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9aa10e2b27 Add blacklist command
This command allows an external program manage the BSS blacklist
and display its current contents.

Note: The blacklist is considered to be internal mechanism within
wpa_supplicant and changing it can have unexpected results.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-10-21 18:59:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
11540c0b21 Interworking: Allow ANT to be configured for Probe Request frames
Access Network Type can now be configured (default: 15 = wildcard) to
limit which APs reply to the scan.
2011-10-21 12:44:29 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9b90955ec7 AP: Pass only bssid/addr/wds to EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN 2011-10-20 21:51:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0d3b4fc6 Fix segfault on error path if driver initialization fails
wpa_s->wpa is NULL in this case and we better not call WPA state
machine functions.
2011-10-20 21:10:22 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bcf24348ed AP: Do station poll in driver wrapper
This offloads the station polling to driver wrappers, which may offload
it again to the driver. The hostap driver wrapper uses "real" data
frames while nl80211 uses null data frames.

Also add a specific event to indicate that a poll was successful for
future use with the nl80211 driver.
2011-10-20 21:03:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a25f29d89 Interworking: Use unsigned integer for bitfield
Signed integer with one-bit value does not make much sense, so clean
this up by using an unsigned integer instead.
2011-10-20 20:49:21 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
0597a5b59d Add log_level command
This can be used to display the current debugging level and to change
the log level during run time.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-10-18 22:53:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
67e838fd0c Android: Sync Android.mk with recent Makefile changes 2011-10-18 17:15:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c11382b6c Remove set_intra_bss() driver_ops
This has been replaced by the isolate parameter available through
set_ap() calls.
2011-10-17 23:04:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
062390efd4 Start deprecating various AP mode driver_ops
The preferred way of configuring AP mode will be to use set_ap() instead
of number of separate operations hostapd has collected over the years.
2011-10-17 18:35:25 +03:00
Mahesh Palivela
d4370eac2e Move SA Query mechanism into a file that can be shared more easily
This is the first step in allowing SA Query mechanism in hostapd to be
used with drivers that implement authentication and association MLME/SME
(i.e., do not use ieee802_11.c).
2011-10-17 17:33:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a4b98a912 Interworking: Document network selection parameters 2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b840b6748 Interworking: Support for using EAP-SIM credentials in network selection
New configuration parameters home_imsi and home_milenage can be used
to configure SIM/USIM simulator parameters for network selection based
on SIM/USIM credentials.

home_imsi=(MCC | MNC | '-' | rest of IMSI)
home_milenage=(Ki):(OPc):(SQN)

For example:
home_imsi=310026-000000000
home_milenage=90dca4eda45b53cf0f12d7c9c3bc6a89:cb9cccc4b9258e6dca4760379fb82581:000000000123
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
67e1b98463 Interworking: Support username/password based network selection
Add support for network selection for username/password credentials with
EAP-TTLS and EAP-PEAP. The new global configuration parameters
home_username, home_password, and home_ca_cert can be used to specify
credentials for network selection.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73c41a8fab Interworking: Parse NAI Realms and match against home realm 2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b02fe7ff32 Interworking: Add commands for network selection
This adds the basic mechanism for running through network selection:
scan, ANQP fetch, network selection, and connection. Actual rules for
network selection and the creation of the network block are still
missing, but will be added in separate commits.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
afc064fe7a Interworking: Add ANQP query requests
Add mechanism for using GAS/ANQP to query Interworking related
information from APs. The received information is stored in the BSS
table and can be viewed with ctrl_iface BSS command.

New ctrl_iface command ANQP_GET can be used to fetch ANQP elements from
a specific AP. Additional commands FETCH_ANQP and STOP_FETCH_ANQP can be
used to initiate and stop an iteration through all APs in the BSS table
that indicate support Interworking to fetch ANQP elements from them.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40eac89023 wpa_cli: Make second argument to set command optional
This can be used to indicate zero length value.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71269b3708 WNM: Add BSS Transition Management Request for ESS Disassoc Imminent
"hostapd_cli ess_disassoc (STA addr) (URL)" can now be used to send
an ESS Dissassociation Imminent notification to the STA. This event
is shown in wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface monitors (e.g., wpa_cli):
"WNM: ESS Disassociation Imminent - session_info_url=http://example.com/session/"
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92cbcf9128 Add Extended Capability element to AssocReq for Interworking
If Interworking is enabled, add Extended Capability element to
(Re)Association Request frames to indicate support for Interworking.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46ee0427b1 IEEE 802.11u: Allow Interworking and HESSID to be configured
The new wpa_supplicant.conf file global parameters interworking and
hessid can be used to configure wpa_supplicant to include
Interworking element in Probe Request frames.
2011-10-16 23:55:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc81110d55 Fix location of P2P indication flag in BSS ctrl_iface output 2011-10-16 18:25:35 +03:00
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan
783fcb7d03 Allow drivers to indicate WPS push button in station mode
EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED wpa_supplicant_event can now be used in
station mode driver_*.c to indicate that a push button has been
pushed. This will activate WPS PBC mode.
2011-10-16 18:05:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
298716b495 Convert signed bit field to unsigned one
It's cleaner to use unsigned bit field with one bit values.
2011-10-16 13:21:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b02897e70b dbus: Fix potential memory leak with unexpected p2p_find calls
Should the RequestedDeviceTypes entry show up multiple times, the
previously allocated buffer would have been leaked.
2011-10-16 13:19:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86c6626c5b Remove unnecessary wpa_s == NULL validation
wpa_s cannot be NULL here (it is already dereferenced above and
all the callers pass a valid pointer anyway).
2011-10-16 13:16:21 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
6a90053cdf Add delayed scheduled scan request
When initializing, the scheduled scan code was being called before
everything is ready. With normal scans, the first scan round is
delayed, so the initialization is finished by the time it really
starts.

Add a function that can be used to request a delayed scheduled scan.
The scan will only start after the specified time has elapsed. Call
this function instead of starting the scheduled scan directly during
driver initialization.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:14 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
b59e6f267b Add filter support to scheduled scans
Pass SSIDs to be matched in scheduled scan results. Only the SSIDs
that are included in the match lists will be reported by the driver,
so the filtering can be offloaded to the hardware and the power
consumption can be reduced.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:14 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
a4cba8f1e2 Use sched_scan in driver init
This patch uses sched_scan, if available, when the driver is
initialized. It also adds a couple of cancel operations where
appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
cbdf3507e9 Add scheduled scan driver operations
In new Linux kernel versions (>=3.0), nl80211 adds scheduled scan
capability. In order to use this feature to its full extent, we need
to support it in the wpa_supplicant core, so that it can also be used
by other drivers.

This commit adds initial scheduled scan support operations and events.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
5f738a21a6 Reorganize P2P and WPS scan code
Move some code to separate functions to reorganize the P2P and WPS
handling during scans. This makes the code a bit cleaner and is
needed for the scheduled scan implementation to avoid duplicated code.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-10-15 18:53:13 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
a7fd39bb5d P2P: Cleanup AP callbacks when removing the group
Clear the P2P GO callback parameters when removing the group to avoid
using these for non-P2P AP mode.

This is a fix for the bug I found in the following scenario:

A) p2p_group_add
A) p2p_group_remove wlan0
A) add_n
A) set_n 0 ssid "testap"
A) set_n 0 key_mgmt NONE
A) set_n 0 mode 2
A) set_n 0 frequency 2412
A) enable_n 0

B) try connect to testap

Authentication request will be always rejected because of
HOSTAPD_ACL_REJECT and not cleaned callbacks when group removed.
2011-10-12 21:06:39 +03:00
Mohamed Abbas
0098ce6d29 dbus: Export max scan ssids supported by driver
This is needed for network managers that want to know how
many SSIDs they can scan at the same time.
2011-10-02 13:27:09 +03:00
Jithu Jance
2a6f78fbbe Do not re-associate on SELECT_NETWORK to current network
Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2011-10-02 13:12:43 +03:00
Zhi Chen
7d232e23e2 Allow wildcard SSID to be used with WPA-PSK if bssid is set
This allows the AP to be selected based on the BSSID when WPA-PSK
is used with a passphrase. The PSK will be derived from the passphrase
after the SSID has been learned from scan results.
2011-09-30 22:05:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24f6497c34 GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests
This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic
implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 22:19:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04ea7b7947 GAS: Add a generic GAS query module
This implements GAS request mechanism that is aimed at being used to
replace use case specific GAS/ANQP implementations in the future.
Compared to the earlier implementation in P2P SD, this implementation
includes support for multiple concurrent requests and more thorough
validation of frames against the pending query data.

GAS header processing, including comeback and reassembly, are handled
within gas_query.c and the users of this module will only need to
provide the Query Request and process the (possibly reassembled)
Query Response.
2011-09-29 22:19:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c840c33f7 Move GAS/ANQP build routines to a separate file from P2P
GAS/ANQP is a generic protocol and in no way specific to P2P, so move
routines used to build GAS/ANQP frames to a separate file that can be
shared for other uses than just P2P service discovery.
2011-09-29 22:18:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
206e1f422f P2P: Provide mechanism for figuring out p2p_scan_ie() buffer need
The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out
how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This
makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all
callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
2011-09-29 22:18:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
303f60d39b P2P: Do not request station mode scans during P2P operations
The P2P search mechanism depends on the same scan functionality that
is used for station mode scans. If these operations are being used
at the same time, scan result processing is not handled properly.
Avoid unexpected behavior by delaying station mode scan requests
if a P2P operation is in progress.

Among other things, this allows the station mode connection attempt
to be continued after a P2P find or group formation has been completed
if the interface is available (i.e., when the P2P group uses a
separate virtual interface).
2011-09-29 16:53:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c96fd6d03 P2P: Do not leave P2P scan handler registered if scan fails
If the initial attempt to start a scan for p2p_find fails, an error
is reported. However, the P2P scan handler and search state was
left behind. That can result in unexpected behavior when the next
non-P2P scan results are indicated. Avoid this by clearing the
P2P search state on failure.
2011-09-29 16:52:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0096c42740 Do not enable bgscan when driver takes care of BSS selection
There is no need to request periodic bgscans when the driver claims
to have capability for roaming within ESS. Ignoring the bgscan
configuration allows the same configuration file to be used both
with drivers the handle roaming and with drivers that don't.
2011-09-26 15:17:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
22628eca34 Support driver-based BSS selection in ap_scan=1 mode
If the driver indicates that it supports BSS selection (including
roaming within an ESS) with WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION, modify
ap_scan=1 mode to behave like ap_scan=2 mode for BSS selection.

The initial scan is still done to avoid the need for strict
configuration of or security parameters (e.g., to figure out whether
TKIP or CCMP is being used as the group cipher). However, when
requesting the driver to connect, the bssid and freq parameters are
not provided to leave the driver in control of selecting which BSS
to use and to allow the driver to decide when to roam.
2011-09-26 14:57:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd2f2d0489 Remove EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA
These protocols seem to be abandoned: latest IETF drafts have expired
years ago and it does not seem likely that EAP-TTLSv1 would be
deployed. The implementation in hostapd/wpa_supplicant was not complete
and not fully tested. In addition, the TLS/IA functionality was only
available when GnuTLS was used. Since GnuTLS removed this functionality
in 3.0.0, there is no available TLS/IA implementation in the latest
version of any supported TLS library.

Remove the EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA implementation to clean up unwanted
complexity from hostapd and wpa_supplicant. In addition, this removes
any potential use of the GnuTLS extra library.
2011-09-25 21:28:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5c47af9a7a TLS: Add support for TLS v1.1 (RFC 4346) with internal TLS
This is disabled by defautl and can be enabled with CONFIG_TLSV11=y
build configuration parameter.
2011-09-25 17:24:46 +03:00
Reinette Chatre
97a8cbb88d D-Bus/P2P: Treat PIN as string
wpa_supplicant returns the PIN in reply to the connect method. Treating
this value as an integer runs the risk of not returning the correct
value if the first digit(s) happens to be a zero(es). To return the
correct PIN it needs to be returned as a string.

Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2011-09-22 01:17:09 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
a57db49c32 wpa_supplicant: AP mode, set drv_flags
In AP/P2P_GO mode we should have correct hostapd drv_flags.
2011-09-22 01:05:01 +03:00
Reinette Chatre
1755b61679 D-Bus/P2P: Support all discovery types
The default discovery type is to search for devices only on social
channels. Expand this to also support an initial full scan followed by the
scan of social channels as well as the progressive scan that scans through
all the channels in the Search state rounds. This does not change the
default of scanning only social channels although there is currently a
discrepancy wrt the default used by wpa_cli, which is the full scan first.

Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2011-09-22 01:01:20 +03:00
Reinette Chatre
af9d709019 D-Bus: Fix memory leak when using array of array of bytes
When parsing a dict entry which is an array of an array of bytes the entry
representing the dict entry has DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY as its type and
WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY as its array_type. The function freeing this parsed
data incorrectly tested the entry type for WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY while doing
no testing of this value for array_type. This results in a memory leak
whenever a D-Bus message with this type of data is parsed.

Messages affected are:
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.P2PDevice
	using RequestedDeviceTypes with Find method
	using SecondaryDeviceTypes or VendorExtension with P2PDeviceProperties

fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Group
	using WPSVendorExtensions with Properties property

All of the above messages are parsed with the same function,
wpa_dbus_dict_get_entry, so the assignment of the entry's type and
array_type is consistent. The parsed data is also consistently freed with
the same function, wpa_dbus_dict_entry_clear, so we can use the same checks
to free the data correctly.

Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2011-09-22 01:01:20 +03:00
Johannes Berg
3a26a2c9df P2P: Fix action done handling for driver-based off-channel TX
The action done handling needs to abort an off-channel period since one
might have been used for example for GO negotiation and after action
done the code assumes it can start a new off-channel period.

This fixes a bug I introduced when adding support for
in-kernel off-channel transmissions.

Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-09-22 00:57:27 +03:00
Pavel Roskin
ffbf1eaa26 Fix typos found by codespell
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
2011-09-22 00:43:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b414f59fc eapol_test: Add option for writing server certificate chain to a file
eapol_test command line argument -o<file> can now be used to request
the received server certificate chain to be written to the specified
file. The certificates will be written in PEM format. [Bug 391]
2011-09-17 22:42:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7c444f3c12 Fix proactive_key_caching configuration to WPA code
The proactive_key_caching parameter was missed in mapping the
config_ssid data into the WPA state machine configuration. This
prevented addition of PMKSA cache entries based on PMKSA caching
candidate events.
2011-09-16 18:44:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6bcb1c2ba5 wpa_supplicant AP: Set static WEP keys if configured
This is needed to configure static WEP keys to the driver through the
hostapd configuration structures.
2011-09-15 15:04:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
697cd03fc2 AP: Set pairwise/group cipher for non-WPA modes
This is needed to avoid confusing configuration in some nl80211
drivers that the new AP mode configuration alternatives for
setting security policy.
2011-09-15 15:02:59 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
47185fc788 P2P: Remove CCK supported rates when running P2P scan
This allows drivers to disable CCK rates from Probe Request frames.
For nl80211, this is currently applying only to the supported rates
element(s), but this mechanism could be extended to address TX rate
control masking, too, to lessen need for global rate disabling.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-09-10 22:40:30 +03:00
Edward Lu
cf546f1a03 Make sure wpa_proto gets cleared for WPS and non-WPA connections
This is needed to fix the wpa_proto association parameter for drivers
that select AP based on security parameters internally.
2011-09-08 17:51:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07fecd3915 P2P: Remove Label config method
The P2P specification (3.1.4.3) disallows use of the Label configuration
method between two P2P devices. This was previously enforced at upper
level, but the obsolete code can be removed from wpa_supplicant. This
adds a bit more strict enforcement of the policy, but should not result
in practical differences since no known P2P implementation uses Label
config method.
2011-09-08 16:40:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8a790b922 Flush PMKSA cache entries and invalidate EAP state on network changes
If a network configuration block is removed or modified, flush
all PMKSA cache entries that were created using that network
configuration. Similarly, invalidate EAP state (fast re-auth).

The special case for OKC on wpa_supplicant reconfiguration
(network_ctx pointer change) is now addressed as part of the
PMKSA cache flushing, so it does not need a separate mechanism
for clearing the network_ctx values in the PMKSA cache.
2011-09-07 17:46:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3857c2e6a Call wpas_notify_network_removed() on REMOVE_NETWORK
This was done for the case where all networks are being removed,
but the case where a single network is removed was forgotten.
2011-09-07 17:44:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e67037b3a Fix SIM/USIM simulator build to include AES encryption function 2011-09-07 16:17:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
98aa7ca5d8 WPS: Add 'wpa_cli wps_pin get' for generating random PINs
This can be used, e.g., in a UI to generate a PIN without
starting WPS (or P2P) operation.
2011-09-02 21:29:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64fa840a97 nl80211: Fix WPA_VERSIONS attribute for Connect command
The previous code was trying to figure out which WPA version is
used based on the extra IEs requested for Association Request. That
did not work properly in cases where non-WPA networks are used with
some extra IEs. Fix this by using more robust mechanism for passing
the WPA versions from core wpa_supplicant to the driver_ops
associate().
2011-09-02 20:40:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf9d5518d5 Android: Include libcrypto and libssl only if CONFIG_TLS=openssl 2011-09-02 16:51:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4a0a82ca6 Reduce debug verbosity on global ctrl_iface PING command
This matches with the earlier change that did the same for the
per-interface ctrl_iface commands.
2011-09-01 18:16:37 +03:00
Bharat Chakravarty
a9355fac5f WPS: Set Probe Request config methods based on configuration
Instead of hardcoding the Config Methods attribute value in Probe
Request frames, set this based on the configured parameter
config_methods to allow correct set of methods to be advertised.
2011-09-01 15:24:45 +03:00
Bharat Chakravarty
6fb6d842bb WPS: Set RF bands based on driver capabilities
Instead of hardcoding support for both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands,
use driver capabilities to figure out which bands are supported.
2011-08-31 17:53:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19c3b56685 Replace set_beacon() driver op with set_ap()
This change is a first step in better supporting different driver
architectures for AP mode operations with nl80211. This commit in
itself does not add new functionality, but it makes it easier to add
new AP mode parameters to address needs of drivers that have more of
the MLME/SME in firmware or kernel.
2011-08-10 13:22:37 +03:00
Dan Williams
e9ae405907 dbus: Do not segfault if P2P is disabled
Various pieces of the P2P code assume that P2P is enabled, so make
the D-Bus code not call the P2P stuff if P2P is disabled. Also
ensures that if P2P is disabled a suitable error is returned to
the D-Bus caller.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2011-08-07 11:21:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3320666494 dbus: Remove separate access variable from properties
The read, write, read-write permissions can be figured out from
getter/setter function pointers, so there is no need for maintaining
that information separately.
2011-08-07 11:16:05 +03:00
Eliad Peller
d26e45a44a wpa_supplicant AP: Enable uapsd in P2P GO mode if go_apsd was set
If uapsd is explicitly enabled, set conf->bss->wmm_enabled and
conf->bss->wmm_uapsd to enable (and advertise) uapsd.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2011-08-06 22:08:38 +03:00
Jayant Sane
e261d5a9a6 DBus/P2P: Return Primary and Secondary device types as bytes
These properties are already correctly treated as bytes for the local
device, we need to do same for peers.

Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
2011-08-06 21:34:11 +03:00
Dan Williams
6aeeb6fa21 dbus: clean up new D-Bus interface getters and setters
A number of fixes/improvements here:

1) Remove casting of getter/setter function types which allows
us to change the prototypes in the future and not have hard-to-find
runtime segfaults

2) Instead of having the getters create a fake reply message which
then gets its arguments copied into the real reply message, and is
then disposed, just pass message iters around and have them add
their arguments to the message itself

3) For setters, just pass in the message iter positioned at the
start of the argument list, instead of each setter having to skip
over the standard interface+property name

4) Convert error handling to use DBusError and return the error
back down through the call stacks to the function that will
actually send the error back to the caller, instead of having a
fake DBusMessage of type DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR that then
needs to have the error extracted from it.

But most of all, this fixes various segfaults (like rh #725517
and #678625) which were caused by some functions deep down in the
getter callpaths wanting a source DBusMessage* when the getters were
used for two things: signals (which don't have a source DBusMessage)
and methods (which will have a source DBusMessage that's being
replied to).  This duality made the code fragile when handling
errors like invalid IEs over the air.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2011-07-29 21:25:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
03948f423f Add CONFIG_IEEE80211N to wpa_supplicant defconfig
This is needed for AP mode functionality with some drivers.
2011-07-18 21:34:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ffad885837 P2P: Set p2p auth/assoc parameter based on connection type
Fix the previous code that was hardcoding the p2p parameter based
on the driver P2P capability regardless of whether the connection
was really used for P2P or not.
2011-07-17 20:52:49 +03:00
Eliad Peller
2f4f73b154 nl80211: Change vif type to P2P_CLI upon P2P authentication
Currently, wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() changes the interface type
to station. However, in case of P2P, we need to change the interface
type to P2P_CLI.

Add p2p field to the authentication params, and consider it for choosing
the correct interface type.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2011-07-17 20:25:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b7ce8aa13 Deauthenticate on reconfiguration
This makes sure that the old connection is not maintained if the new
configuration does not allow it anymore. In addition, it is better to
use wpa_supplicant_clear_connection() instead of just clearing
wpa_s->current_ssid here to keep things in sync.
2011-07-16 16:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
018a309a94 Drop oldest unknown BSS table entries first
When the BSS table size limit has been reached, drop first the oldest
BSS entries for which there is not a matching network in the
configuration based on SSID (wildcards are ignored). This makes it
less likely to hit connection issues in environments with huge number
of visible APs.
2011-07-16 13:22:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04a85e4401 P2P: Filter Probe Request frames based on DA and BSSID in Listen state
Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a
destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the
broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
2011-07-15 20:28:46 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6cd930cb3c P2P: Fix p2p_intra_bss with nl80211
The current implementation of p2p_intra_bss doesn't work since the flag
isn't propagated into the corresponding hostapd config, so AP code will
never enable AP isolation and will in fact disable it again after it had
been enabled by the P2P code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-15 17:13:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0d0db41271 P2P: Remove unused SearchOnly parameter from D-Bus p2p_find 2011-07-15 16:59:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
263ef84d3a P2P: Fix memory leak in D-Bus p2p_find handler 2011-07-15 16:33:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e24b918202 P2P: Coding style cleanup 2011-07-15 14:41:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
70b9a5ca6a P2P: Fix error path not to build error message twice 2011-07-15 14:40:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1739fb617 P2P: Clear entry.key to avoid use of uninitialized value on error path 2011-07-15 14:39:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d87e90b646 WPS: Check malloc success on workaround path
ssid->ssid could be NULL here if malloc failed, so better check that
consistently.
2011-07-15 14:21:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21fe9e757e P2P: Use consistent checking of ssid != NULL 2011-07-15 14:20:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f94a85ee33 P2P: Coding style cleanup for D-Bus handlers 2011-07-15 14:18:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faa9f2cf95 P2P: Fix D-Bus error path (potential NULL pointer deref)
The paths pointer could have been NULL when going through the shared
freeing path in error case. Avoid the NULL pointer dereference by
checking whether that is the case. In addition, remove unnecessary
gotos to make the function more readable.
2011-07-15 14:03:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ab1dee81a2 P2P: Remove dead code from wpas_p2p_connect()
The case of joining a running group is handled before this location
and the P2P client iftype is assigned at a callback function for that
case.
2011-07-15 13:57:31 +03:00
Henry Gebhardt
f0573c7989 wpa_supplicant: Edit BINDIR in dbus and systemd service files
This is useful, since in Gentoo BINDIR=/usr/sbin.
2011-07-15 12:25:02 +03:00
Henry Gebhardt
2ecaec50c8 wpa_supplicant: Add systemd support 2011-07-15 12:13:40 +03:00
Johannes Berg
b14a210ce2 nl80211: Support GTK rekey offload
Add support to wpa_supplicant for device-based GTK rekeying. In order to
support that, pass the KEK, KCK, and replay counter to the driver, and
handle rekey events that update the latter.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-12 21:22:51 +03:00
Mikael Wikström
ed49fbbf3a Fix non D-Bus builds by removing 'void void' in return value 2011-07-12 15:39:33 +03:00
Hong Wu
8fd0f0f323 FT: Clear SME ft_used/ft_ies when disconnecting
Previous ft_ies needs to be removed before supplicant starts a new FT
initial association and this requires the ft_used state to be cleared
here.

Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
2011-07-05 21:17:31 +03:00
Angie Chinchilla
2db9174503 wpa_s AP mode: Enable HT20 if driver supports it
If the driver supports HT20, set the config parameter ieee80211n
to enable it. This does not enable HT40.

Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2011-07-05 16:49:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca62e114aa wpa_supplicant AP: Disable AP mode on disassoc paths
Regardless of how the AP mode is disabled, wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit()
must be called. Make sure this happens on all paths by calling the
deinit function from wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().
2011-07-05 16:38:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f525d8e5b Move peer certificate wpa_msg() calls to notify.c
This type of wpa_supplicant specific message construction does not need
to be at the EAP implementation, so better move it up to notify.c.
2011-07-05 12:40:37 +03:00
Michael Chang
ade74830b4 Add dbus signal for information about server certification
In general, this patch attemps to extend commit
00468b4650 with dbus support.

This can be used by dbus client to implement subject match text
entry with preset value probed from server. This preset value, if
user accepts it, is remembered and passed to subject_match config
for any future authentication.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@novell.com>
2011-07-05 12:22:32 +03:00
Paul Stewart
572a171f4f wpa_supplicant: Respect PKG_CONFIG variable if set in the environment
This is required for cross-compilation support on certain
platforms to avoid changing the pkg-config files themselves.

Signed-off-by: David James <davidjames@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2011-07-04 20:35:38 +03:00
Marcin Klimczewski
751bc722bd wpa_cli: Add missing parameter for P2P_GROUP_ADD command
Both freq and persistent parameters of P2P_GROUP_ADD could be passed at
one time.
2011-07-04 20:32:15 +03:00
Jayant Sane
a362dc1d43 DBus/P2P: Rectified type of SecondaryDeviceTypes in device property Get
To be consistent with what it expected in corresponding Set property as
byte[][].

Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-07-04 20:27:53 +03:00
Jayant Sane
b05fe0e557 DBus/P2P: Adding decl for PersistentGroupRemoved signal
Minor - for completeness sake.

Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-07-04 20:24:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a2b53b4ef Fix D-Bus build without CONFIG_P2P=y 2011-06-27 21:23:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20a0b03deb Clear WPA and EAPOL state machine config pointer on network removal
Make sure that the WPA and EAPOL state machines do not hold a pointer
to a network configuration that is about to be freed. This can fix
potential issues with references to freed memory.
2011-06-27 19:02:24 +03:00
Jean-Michel.Bachot
8be6450cb6 P2P: Fix WpsFailed signal in P2P D-Bus
Fix a NULL pointer dereference in commit
3734552f15 in the case of PBC overlap and
timeout case.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
2011-06-25 15:29:31 +03:00
Jayant Sane
2463ba70e2 P2P: Update listen and operating channel from P2P D-Bus
Some P2PDevice properties were not updated in p2p->cfg structure:
reg_class, channel, op_reg_class, and op_channel. Hence, update p2p->cfg
parameters through p2p core calls in wpas_p2p_update_config().

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-25 12:08:43 +03:00
Jayant Sane
3734552f15 P2P: Add WpsFailed signal in P2P D-Bus
Signal is triggered if an error occurs during WPS provisioning phase.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-25 11:47:04 +03:00
Jayant Sane
2855070673 P2P: More complete persistent group management over D-Bus
Extend commit c2762e410f to allow
applications to manage (add/remove) persistent groups and accepted
network object paths while invoking a persistent group.
2011-06-24 11:20:19 +03:00
Jayant Sane
5d5fe8ed08 P2P: Add dissasoc_low_ack in P2P device properties
This can be used to activate the keep alive mechanism enabled in
mac80211. Allows to trigger Peer Disconnected signal if signal is lost
on a P2P peer.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 21:35:20 +03:00
Jayant Sane
2a10959e7c P2P: Fix P2P device signal level type in D-Bus
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 21:31:22 +03:00
Jayant Sane
6402fc438b P2P: Show P2P peer signal level in D-Bus P2P device properties
Move level parameter from p2p_device to p2p_device_info in order to
expose this information and modify D-Bus P2P handler to return this new
parameter through the P2P device properties.

Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 21:29:10 +03:00
Jayant Sane
c2762e410f P2P: Update D-Bus network object semantics during group formation
Do not emit network objects during P2P group formation since such
network objects can confuse certain apps. Instead, a persistent group
object is created to allow apps to keep track of persistent groups.
Persistent group objects only represent the info needed to recreate the
group.

Also fixes a minor bug in the handling of persistent group objects
during WPS operations.

Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 21:25:13 +03:00
Jayant Sane
c988980d95 P2P: Enable P2P capability advertisement on D-Bus
Append "P2P" to capability information if supported by device.

Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
2011-06-23 20:51:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
62b98282ba Fix CONFIG_NO_WPA_PASSPHRASE=y build
Need to define CONFIG_NO_PBKDF2 even though the crypto cleanup moved
the function to a separate file since there is conditional code in
wpa_supplicant/config.c. In addition, wpa_passphrase should not be
built at all if passphrase functionality is removed.
2011-06-23 19:53:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4aced422d3 Add notes for CONFIG_WPS_ER build configuration option
[Bug 407]
2011-06-23 19:30:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ee8ad5d849 Use nl80211 as an example instead of WEXT 2011-06-23 19:28:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
29fbc52251 Fix AP selection to check privacy mismatch and IBSS with WPA/RSN IE
These checks were previously skipped if the scan result included WPA
or RSN IE. However, that can result in selecting a network that does
not match local configuration in some cases.
2011-06-23 15:39:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7dcdcfd68d P2P: Start GO without extra scan step
There are some corner cases, where the wpa_supplicant_req_scan() call
may end up scheduling a scan even if we are about to start a GO. Avoid
this by explicitly marking the GO network to be selected for the next
connection.
2011-06-21 11:47:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
692cb2266f Fix non-P2P D-Bus build 2011-06-20 09:02:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
634ce80246 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y 2011-06-20 08:58:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83fa07226d DBus: Fix some typos on comments 2011-06-12 15:09:32 -07:00
Johannes Berg
9abafccc0d DBus: Add support for P2P primitives
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 15:08:19 -07:00
Johannes Berg
911e97e400 DBus: Refactor array adding, add binary arrays
Some new code we're working on will require the dbus type "aay" (an
array of arrays of bytes). To add this, refactor the array code to
reduce code duplication by given a type string to the array starting
code, and also add code to create and parse such arrays from or into an
array of struct wpabuf respectively.

Since there's no unique DBus type for this, add a "fake"
WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY type that is separate from the regular DBus
types for parsing.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 14:47:49 -07:00
Fabien Marotte
58f80e2aeb DBus: Move wpas_dbus_new_decompose_object_path()
Moved wpas_dbus_new_decompose_object_path from dbus_new_handlers.c
to dbus_new_helpers.c.

Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 14:41:41 -07:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
4b6baa2f5e P2P: Add group started notification
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 14:35:37 -07:00
Johannes Berg
dd8a7e0547 P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_provision_discovery()
Add a notification for P2P provision discovery status/result.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-06-12 14:31:56 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
38e24575c1 random: Add support for maintaining internal entropy store over restarts
This can be used to avoid rejection of first two 4-way handshakes every
time hostapd (or wpa_supplicant in AP/IBSS mode) is restarted. A new
command line parameter, -e, can now be used to specify an entropy file
that will be used to maintain the needed state.
2011-05-31 20:07:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb34f250a Remove compiler warning for non-P2P builds 2011-05-27 19:06:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d28fb9627 Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation
Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates
was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in
all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured.
Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has
been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that
point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the
information.
2011-05-19 17:52:46 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
bcb90f750d Add TDLS support to Android.mk 2011-05-16 22:29:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64f992652d P2P: Include operating class 124 (channels 149,153,157,161)
When using the p2p_oper_reg_class configuration option instead of
p2p_group_add freq parameter, the operating class 124 was not
processed correctly. Include that class in the list of 5 GHz classes
for the p2p_oper_reg_class to resolve this.
2011-05-16 21:07:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eec92ec597 WPS: Remove obsolete note about lack for WPS ER support 2011-05-16 21:06:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
117e812d06 Update BSS table entry if roaming event indicates frequency change
This is needed to make sure the frequency in the BSS table entry
remains up-to-date if the AP changes its operating frequency.
2011-05-16 19:19:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0725cc7b7e Enable CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211=y in the default configuration
nl80211 should be preferred over WEXT with any recent Linux kernel
version.
2011-04-21 20:41:01 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
60b24b0de4 Add 'signal_poll' command interface
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-04-15 18:52:01 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
746bba1a5e Prevent explicit scan command during scan or association
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-04-15 18:40:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
849b5dc78b Update driver country info on 'SET country <value>' 2011-04-15 17:00:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a26df7107 IBSS RSN: peer->addr is an array so it cannot be NULL 2011-04-14 20:18:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
95cb2d88e9 TDLS: Verify that scan results for BSS are available before using them 2011-04-14 19:50:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5dac11e027 WPS: Use strict validation of (Re)AssocResp only if IEs are known 2011-04-14 02:57:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b211f3eb71 Add sanity checks to EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ event data
Both the SA and IEs from the received Probe Request frames must be
included and the Probe Request RX callback functions may assume that
these are not NULL.
2011-04-14 02:39:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4fbba8cf9 Distinguish empty concatenated vendor-specific IE from missing one
When comparing BSS table entries, handle empty concatenated
vendor-specific IE differently from completely missing IE. This
does not change anything for the only currently compared IE that
can be fragmented (WPS IE), but it is better to have the generic
code here ready for any possible new IE that could be used in
with zero-length data.
2011-04-14 02:25:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
714b8b5378 P2P: Fix memory leak in UPnP service discovery request processing 2011-04-14 01:33:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
62c0d27ed3 P2P: Clear go_dev_addr for group started events if it is not known
Better make sure the address value included in the event message gets
cleared in case the GO Device Address is not known for some reason.
Previously, this could potentially have been some random data from
stack should we ever hit the case where wpa_s->current_ssid is not
set (which should not really happen in normal use cases).
2011-04-13 22:03:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be5b1e86a3 Make the example action script less likely to result in failures
Use "=" instead of "==" and add an example statement between "then"
and "fi".
2011-04-13 19:55:34 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
67b9bd089b Make scan interval configurable
It is now possible to configure the the time in seconds that
wpa_supplicant waits before requesting a new scan after failing to find
a suitable network in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-04-11 23:14:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2197bc9bc Return NULL instead of 0 as the pointer on error case 2011-04-08 19:16:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2f1fe41c2 Fix WPA/WPA2 AP rejection on parameter mismatch
If WPA/WPA2 was enabled in the configuration, the non-WPA exception
could allow an incorrect AP to be selected from scan results. Do
not use the exception if WPA/WPA2 is enabled in configuration.
2011-04-08 19:13:58 +03:00
Sam Leffler
9768da202b dbus: Add support to get/set the country code
Add an Interface.Country property and support to get/set the value.

Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
2011-04-05 01:24:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e73edcaa6a wpa_s AP mode: Fix regression in P2P AP mode setup
Commit c76e5d7f9b moved the
ap_configured_cb() call into a completion callback from AP mode code.
However, this callback can be called before hostap_setup_interface()
returns. In that case, the ap_configured_cb() ended up getting
called before the wpa_supplicant connection information was updated.
Fix this by reordering code to set up everything before calling
hostapd_setup_interface().
2011-04-04 12:50:26 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
4378fc14eb nl80211: Send EAPOL frames as QoS data frames for QoS aware clients
This should fix EAPOL reauthentication and rekeying timeout issues
with Intel clients when using WMM (e.g., with IEEE 802.11n). These
stations do not seem to be able to handle EAPOL data frames as
non-QoS Data frames after the initial setup.

This adds STA flags to hapd_send_eapol() driver op to allow
driver_nl80211.c to mark the EAPOL frames as QoS Data frame
when injecting it through the monitor interface.
2011-04-02 22:03:05 +03:00
Paul Stewart
439efd1eac bgscan_simple: Reschedule first fast scan
If the scan interval switches to the short interval soon after a
scan, bgscan_simple should not immediately scan again. However,
it should also make sure that the next scan occurs no later than
the new, short scan interval.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-31 18:06:09 +03:00
Paul Stewart
6d21d41125 bgscan_simple: Time out short scan interval
We gain diminishing returns by the short scan interval. The short
scan interval is used to hunt for a better AP if the RSSI of the
current AP drops. However, if we never roam, and the AP continues
to have low RSSI, at some point we should give up and return to
the slow background scan rate, otherwise we waste a lot of power.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-31 18:04:48 +03:00
Paul Stewart
db03ddacff bgscan-simple: Poll for signal in init
It is not guaranteed that we will get a CQM signal shortly after setting
up monitoring. In order to establish the correct initial background
scanning rate, poll directly for the signal strength.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart
2011-03-31 18:02:37 +03:00
Paul Stewart
1c5c7273f5 driver: Function to directly poll signal quality
This provides a means for the supplicant to directly request signal
quality metrics from the driver. This is useful, for example for
background scan algorithms that might ask desire this information
out-of-band with CQM events.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-31 17:56:48 +03:00
Paul Stewart
14dc00115e dbus: Add "excessive" to debug_strings
The "debug_strings" private array in dbus_new_handles.c has fallen out
of sync with wpa_debug.h. Add the new "excessive" level to the head of
the list, realigning everything.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-31 17:38:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6e0180035 P2P: Add more WPS attributes into Listen state Probe Response
Configure more WPS attributes in the P2P module and use them
when generating WSC IE for Probe Response frames in Listen state.
2011-03-28 15:24:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8f64582e3 TDLS: Allow TDLS to be disabled at runtime for testing purposes
Control interface command 'SET tdls_disabled <1/0>' can now be used
to disable/enable TDLS at runtime. This is mainly for testing
purposes.
2011-03-24 20:44:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78177a000e RSN IBSS: Restart IBSS state machines for each new IBSS
Change the old design of running a single long living RSN IBSS
instance to keep a separate instance for each IBSS connection.
This fixes number of issues in getting keys set properly for
new connections and is in general quite a bit more correct
design.
2011-03-23 21:15:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d47fa330b8 random: Read /dev/random in the background with eloop read socket
This makes it more likely to be able to fetch the 20 octet seed from
/dev/random in cases where other programs may also be competing for
this.
2011-03-22 23:15:00 +02:00
Sam Leffler
78633c3709 wpa_supplicant: Parameterize BSS table expiration age + count
Replace compile-time BSS cache expiration age and scan count by config
parameters that can be set via wpa_cli and the new D-Bus API. The latter
is done with interface properties BSSExpireAge and BSSExpireCount.
2011-03-20 12:40:59 +02:00
Paul Stewart
cfe53c9aa5 wpa_supplicant: Start bgscan on COMPLETED, not ASSOCIATED
Move the code snippet to switch on bgscan over to wpa_supplicant.c
from event.c, so that it can be activated on wpa_supplicant_set_state().
Also create a centralized place to switch off bgscan. bgscan is now
turned on in COMPLETED, not ASSOCIATED.
2011-03-20 12:27:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
87880919ad Fix a typo in a comment 2011-03-20 12:15:02 +02:00
Sam Leffler
7c49fdd0bd dbus: Add RemoveAllNetworks to the new D-Bus API
This adds a new command to the interface to remove all configured
netblocks. Without this it's necessary to query properties on the
interface and explicitly remove each netblock.
2011-03-20 12:12:12 +02:00
Nathan Williams
bc8397822b wpa_supplicant: Search BSS list from back to front
This fixes an issue seen in our wifi testbed, where we frequently
switch the SSID of the AP. wpa_supplicant's BSS list will have, for
example both <bssid, "Check11b"> (from the previous test) and <bssid,
"Check11g"> (from the current test) - note that the bssid is the same for
both. The (old) D-Bus API for fetching scan responses from wpa_supplicant
is fetch-by-bssid, so the caller (flimflam) incorrectly believes we're
associated with <bssid, "Check11b">.
2011-03-20 12:06:36 +02:00
Sam Leffler
2b65b30da8 dbus: Add D-Bus methods to flush the BSS cache
Add an "Interface.FlushBSS" method to the new D-Bus API and a "flush"
method to the old API. Both take an age parameter that is a threshold
(in seconds) for selecting entries to evict. Setting this parameter
to zero flushes all entries from the cache.

This mechanism is useful for a connection manager to clear state at
startup and on resume (where the age parameter may be used to hold
onto recent/valid data).
2011-03-20 12:02:33 +02:00
Sam Leffler
d4c1ec56f1 dbus: Add ConfigFile to AddInterface properties
This provides feature parity with the old-style D-Bus API. Explicit
properties to control global parameters is preferred but until that
happens this allows doing things like setting pkcs11_engine_path and
pkcs11_module_path via D-Bus.
2011-03-20 11:52:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe885594ac Document CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG and CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG_FACILITY 2011-03-20 11:49:41 +02:00
Sam Leffler
3e1996216e Add support for setting the syslog facility from the config file
This enables setting the syslog facility at build time.
2011-03-20 11:48:42 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c76e5d7f9b wpa_s AP mode: complete only when setup is complete
The AP code might, currently only in the case of HT40, defer actual
enabling to after a scan. In this case, the wpa_s AP code gets confused.
Add a callback for it to use and make it use it to finish only when the
setup has actually completed.

With appropriate hacks in place this allows using HT40 in P2P mode.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 13:11:15 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c202f19c68 wpa_s AP mode: propagate scan event
When wpa_s scans in AP mode, it doesn't propagate the scan event to the
AP code, so that code can get stuck if it uses the callbacks there.
Simply call them where appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 13:08:08 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
046ef4aa67 P2P: Add option for requested device type in P2P search/scan
With this, p2p_find can be extended to find certain requested device
types.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:57:46 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
f95cac271b P2P: Allow adding of WPS vendor extension attributes
This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extension attributes in P2P
frames, like GO Negotiation and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:22:18 +02:00
Xi Chen
ea244d2156 IBSS RSN: Clear IBSS RSN peers based on peer lost events 2011-03-18 17:04:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
2f646b6e83 WPS: Store (secondary) device type as binary
Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation,
always use the binary representation internally.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 18:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85a821d611 WPS: Fix copying of UUID from the first interface
Use the first interface (last in the list), not the last added
interface. In addition, use the same routine to set the UUID
after reconfiguration.
2011-03-17 18:07:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
586bad514b Make the link process quieter unless V=1 is specified
Hide the long command lines used for linking the binaries in the
default build. "make V=1" can be used to show the actual commands
if needed.
2011-03-17 12:31:38 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
a9e86bfb74 WPS: Add secondary device types into Probe Request frames
The secondary device type list is an optional attribute in the WSC IE.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-17 11:09:49 +02:00
Xi Chen
13579b987b IBSS RSN: Enable group rekeying every 10 minutes 2011-03-16 16:28:56 +02:00
Xi Chen
92ac6376c4 IBSS RSN: Add for_each_sta handler for authenticator 2011-03-16 16:28:32 +02:00
Xi Chen
f385833bda IBSS RSN: Add supp_get_state handler 2011-03-16 16:27:08 +02:00
Xi Chen
df41824501 IBSS RSN: Do not start if not yet connected to IBSS
This is used to avoid starting IBSS RSN processing with a peer before
the IBSS connection itself has been completed.
2011-03-16 16:26:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d8a43924ec wpa_s AP mode: Add notification functions for STA authorized
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-16 15:58:41 +02:00
Catalin Drula
5b49c9d5ed dbus: Fix interface list getter with multiple interfaces
There's a bug in the getter for the 'Interfaces' property
of /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1 (new D-Bus interface) which causes a
'Segmentation Fault' when there are multiple interfaces.
2011-03-16 12:30:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4db9f805c7 Move .config to the toplevel .gitignore 2011-03-15 17:52:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e8f849f9d Android: Use /data/system/wpa_supplicant path as default in wpa_cli 2011-03-15 15:27:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5c5817c33 wpa_cli: Allow wpa_supplicant control interface default to be changed
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DIR can now be defined to modify the default directory
wpa_cli uses for the wpa_supplicant control interface.
2011-03-15 15:26:27 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b1001e4c45 wpa_cli: Add Android socket support
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-03-15 15:18:07 +02:00
Paul Stewart
5bbf9f1086 Add DBus state change notification for AuthMode property
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-15 13:54:59 +02:00
Paul Stewart
ba6f267f64 dbus: Add D-Bus method for current authentication mode
Chooses between EAP and non-EAP authentication modes and
uses the appropriate method to retrieve the name.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-15 13:53:56 +02:00
Paul Stewart
cf83fb0b5b wpa_supplicant: Add wpa_supplicant_get_eap_mode method
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2011-03-15 13:53:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e17a2477db nl80211: Extend bridge add/del operations for secondary BSSes
Previously, only the main interface was added to a bridge. Extend this
to apply to all configured BSSes.
2011-03-15 13:02:49 +02:00
Chao-Wen Yang
3152ff421e WPS: Indicate PBC session overlap in wps_pbc return value
Use a specific return value, WPS-PBC-OVERLAP, to indicate a reason
for rejecting a wps_pbc command in wpa_supplicant AP mode if the
PBC mode cannot be started due to PBC session overlap having been
detected during monitor time.
2011-03-10 18:59:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab45223b1a wpa_supplicant AP: Copy generated UUID for AP configuration
If the wpa_supplicant configuration file does not specify an UUID,
we need to copy the generated UUID, not the all zeros buffer
reserved for the configured UUID.
2011-03-10 18:40:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca29141c83 WPS: Copy UUID from the first interface
Instead of generating a different UUID for each interface, use the
same UUID that was either configured of generated for the first
interface. This avoids potential issues with PBC session overlap
detection should multiple interfaces end up running a PBC scan
at the same time which may happen at least in some P2P use cases.
2011-03-10 18:36:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52c9e6f3f5 TDLS: Do not allow setup to be started if AP prohibits TDLS 2011-03-06 14:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94377fbc52 TDLS: Allow wpa_cli tdls_setup to start renegotiation
If there is already a link the requested peer, request start of
renegotiation instead of completely new link. This seems to be needed
to allow some driver to accept the trigger for a new negotiation.
2011-03-06 14:54:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b0e6ece54 TDLS: Add a special testing feature for changing TDLS behavior
These special test cases can be configured at run time with "wpa_cli
tdls_testing <value>" where <value> is an integer (either as a decimal
or as a hex value with 0x prefix) bitmap of special features with
following bits available at this point:
bit 0 = long frame (add dummy subelement to make FTIE very long)
bit 1 = use alternative RSN IE (different RSN capab value and no extra
replay counters)
bit 2 = send incorrect BSSID in Link Identifier of TDLS Setup Request
(e.g., 1 = long FTIE, 2 = different RSN IE, 3 = both of those)

This is disabled by default and can be enabled for the build by
adding the following line to .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_TDLS_TESTING
2011-03-06 14:53:54 +02:00
Ganesh Prasadh
281ff0aa76 TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010) 2011-03-06 14:53:49 +02:00
Shan Palanisamy
39b08b5fc0 Indicate assoc vs. reassoc in association event
This allows driver wrappers to indicate whether the association was
done using Association Request/Response or with Reassociation
Request/Response frames.
2011-03-06 14:31:46 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9fc6aa9f95 Add Android make files for hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2011-02-27 19:19:43 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b3f3865e0e Use Android reserved namespace for control interface
On Android, use a special reserved namespace for the UNIX domain
socket.
2011-02-27 18:19:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e0749737c Update copyright notices to include the new year 2011-02-27 12:50:00 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4e2ead7a72 Add wpa_supplicant state change event for Android network manager
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-02-26 13:20:16 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
fb0e5bd7df ctrl_iface: Return only finished line for scan results
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-02-26 13:16:04 +02:00
Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel
43a26f606c P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_sd_response
Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:47:34 +02:00
Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel
e1653cac23 P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_sd_request
Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:45:39 +02:00
Jean-Michel Bachot
5ccdf84f0d P2P: Add invitation result notification
Add a notification function for the result of an invitation.

Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:40:21 +02:00
Jayant Sane
c2641bf7cf P2P: Add GO negotiation status notification
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:34:52 +02:00
Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel
32d1bce0c0 P2P: Add wpas_notify_p2p_go_neg_req
Add a notification for received GO negotiation requests.

Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:30:19 +02:00
Johannes Berg
408af93ed4 P2P: Add group removed notification
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:27:23 +02:00
Johannes Berg
56eeb8f299 P2P: Add method to signal lost device
This signal is used to notify users of the P2P
state machine or wpa_supplicant of lost devices.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:22:16 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d642d2d267 P2P: Add notification for P2P device found
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 22:08:18 +02:00
Johannes Berg
8fd7dc1b1c P2P: Add new_device flag to dev_found callback
The DBus code will want to have perfect matching of dev_found and the
dev_lost it adds so it doesn't need to keep track internally. Enable
that with a new flag in the core that tracks whether we have already
notified about this -- the existing users can ignore it.

The part where this is always set to 1 if the new device is discovered
by a driver that has P2P in the driver is buggy -- the driver should
feed the P2P peer database and then that should feed the notification
here instead.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:59:58 +02:00
Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel
c5db8e5170 P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info
This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically
visible in a struct that is shared.

The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which
requires some work for the driver-based P2P management.

Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 21:51:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9526fd293f P2P: Handle P2P-not-supported without segfaults
Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized.
However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support
P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute
P2P commands.
2011-02-24 21:13:30 +02:00
Ben Greear
48b84f18a3 Wait 1 second before (re)scanning on authentication timeout
If we timed out, the AP or the local radio may be busy.
So, wait a second until scanning again.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-24 17:16:16 +02:00
Ben Greear
e29853bbff SME: Add timers for authentication and asscoiation
mac80211 authentication or association operation may get stuck for some
reasons, so wpa_supplicant better use an internal timer to recover from
this.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-24 16:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b89883a444 P2P: Notify WPS-M2D event on parent interface and handle PBC overlap
GO may use M2D to notify that PBC overlap was detected if the GO was
configured to allow only a specific P2P Device to connect using PBC.
We need to report the M2D message on the parent interface if a
separate group interface is used. In addition, we can stop the P2P
operation if PBC overlap was indicated similarly to what we are
already doing in th case the overlap is detected locally.
2011-02-22 12:20:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a432bafbca wpa_cli: Add newline to end of responses in interactive mode
Some of the wpa_supplicant control interface commands, like WPS_PIN,
may not include a newline in the end of the response. This can result
in the response being lost when wpa_cli redraws the screen after an
event message. Add a newline after such responses in interactive mode
to avoid the problem.
2011-02-21 22:50:11 +02:00
Ben Greear
4c9695be8f WPS ER: Stop eloop only on the last terminate_cb
This allows all WPS ER instances to be cleaned up properly if more
than one interface has an active WPS ER when wpa_supplicant is being
killed.
2011-02-21 21:47:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16a83d2965 FT: Set EAPOL state machined to authenticated state with FT-EAP
When FT protocol run is completed with FT-EAP, the EAPOL state machine
needs to be notified of the completed authentication to make sure it
does not try to start new authentication.
2011-02-20 21:57:53 +02:00
Ben Greear
e1504976f1 Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio
This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a
device gets a scan failure.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 18:55:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50b16da13f Fix CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y build 2011-02-10 20:24:06 +02:00
Ben Greear
f049052b9e Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf()
This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order
to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages.

A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is
otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout
debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 20:14:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e67b55fb11 wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing
This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work
with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This
code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not
have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it
registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 14:32:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d601247ca9 P2P: Allow WPS_PBC command on GO to select on P2P Device Address
An optional parameter, p2p_dev_addr, can now be given to WPS_PBC
command on P2P GO to indicate that only the P2P device with the
specified P2P Device Address is allowed to connect using PBC. If
any other device tries to use PBC, a session overlap is indicated
and the negotiation is rejected with M2D. The command format for
specifying the address is "WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=<address>", e.g.,
WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=02:03:04:05:06:07

In addition, show the PBC session overlap indication as a WPS failure
event on an AP/GO interface. This particular new case shows up as
"WPS-FAIL msg=4 config_error=12".
2011-02-07 18:28:36 +02:00
Ben Greear
4f1495aefa Add interface name to wpa_msg() output
This makes log files much more readable if multiple interfaces
are being controlled by the same process. The interface name is
added to stdout/file/syslog entries, but not to the messages
sent to control interface monitors to avoid issues with parsing
in external programs.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-06 20:39:34 +02:00
Ben Greear
ac6912b5d1 wpa_supplicant: Support 'relog' command to re-open log files
This allows rolling log files:

mv log.txt log.txt.1
wpa_cli relog

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-06 20:15:19 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3103f34576 P2P: Add wpas_p2p_disconnect()
Add a new API function wpas_p2p_disconnect()
to disconnect from or dissolve a group.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 17:30:15 +02:00
Johannes Berg
bbeee9b0db P2P: Use a variable for generated PIN to allow multiple uses
In order to pass the same PIN to multiple notifications in the future,
generate it centrally.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 17:12:37 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d750b7e699 DBus: Improve error reporting
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 17:03:32 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6d7111418d DBus: Increase introspection buffer sizes
The P2P additions will add more data so
that the current buffers aren't big enough.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 17:01:29 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d1c8ac88b9 DBus: Publish provisioned keys in network properties
When the network was provisioned, we need to get the keys to be able to
reconnect without new provisioning. To be able to publish those keys but
not normally configured ones, add a new attribute to struct wpa_ssid
indicating whether or not keys may be exported.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-02 17:00:12 +02:00
Johannes Berg
839b33ad90 P2P: Clear driver Probe Response IE on stop_listen
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 18:30:33 +02:00
Johannes Berg
11fb02be67 P2P: Fix p2p_long_listen
There are two issues with p2p_long_listen:
 1) max_remain_on_channel is assumed to be 5 seconds,
 2) if max_remain_on_channel is not a full multiple of
    seconds, accounting breaks.

Fix these by converting p2p_long_listen to ms and
tracking it according to max_remain_on_channel.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-01 18:09:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09c395b4bb FT: Configure FT XXKey as PMK for driver-based 4-way handshake
When using FT-EAP, the second half of MSK is used as the starting
point for PMK key hierarchy. Configure that instead of the first
half of MSK when using FT with driver-based 4-way handshake and
FT protocol.
2011-02-01 00:06:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98ea943177 Set portValid=TRUE on association for driver-based 4-way handshake
This was previously done for WPA/WPA2-Personal as part of association
processing when the driver is implementing 4-way handshake. The
portValid needs to be done for WPA/WPA2-Enterprise to get the proper
EAPOL authentication completed callback to configure PMK to the driver.
2011-02-01 00:04:02 +02:00
Masashi Honma
6c714cd7d4 P2P: Show "FAIL" for failed p2p_find operation
I tried these commands:

./wpa_cli -i wlan0 p2p_group_add
./wpa_cli -i wlan0 p2p_find

The second one results in following messages because it is invalid
operation.

-------
nl80211: Scan trigger failed: ret=-95 (Operation not supported)
P2P: Failed to start p2p_scan
-------

But the second one shows "OK" on control console.

This patch makes it to show "FAIL".
2011-01-31 17:29:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df077c6262 Remove obsolete drivers wrappers: atmel, ndiswrapper, ipw, hermes
There is no real reason to maintain these in the current development
branch anymore. If someone really needs support for the obsolete
driver interfaces, these can be found in older wpa_supplicant
branches.

driver_atmel.c
- vendor-specific interface for ATMEL AT76C5XXx cards
- for some old out-of-tree driver; not for the upstream atmel*
  drivers

driver_ndiswrapper.c
- vendor-specific interface for an out-of-tree driver
- ndiswrapper should work with driver_wext.c, too

driver_ipw.c
- vendor-specific interface for old ipw2100/2200 driver
- the upstream driver works with driver_wext.c (and does not work
  with the old interface)

driver_hermes.c
- vendor driver that was not even included in the main wpa_supplicant
  releases
2011-01-30 21:29:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c9a98a20d IBSS RSN: Do not start multiple Auth/Supp for same peer
This avoids an issue when a received EAPOL-Key frame from a peer
is initiating IBSS RSN Authenticator and Supplicant for the peer
and the following new-STA-in-IBSS event from the driver is adding
yet another instance of Authenticator/Supplicant. The EAPOL-Key
RX case was already checking whether an instance had been started;
the driver new-STA event needs to do same.
2011-01-15 16:55:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50b05780c2 IBSS RSN: Delay setting of the initial TX GTK
The driver may get confused if we set the initial TX GTK before having
fully configured and connected to an IBSS, so better delay this
operation until the connection (join/start IBSS) has been completed.
2011-01-15 14:07:02 +02:00
Chao-Wen Yang
449adbaca9 WPS: Indicate WPS-FAIL event on EAPOL timeout-based failure callback
If the EAPOL processing times out (e.g., if the AP stops replying
to messages for some reason) during WPS negotiation, we need to
indicate WPS-FAIL event from eapol_cb since no other WPS failure is
reported for this particular case.
2011-01-13 18:04:33 +02:00
Chao-Wen Yang
c5cf0a18f1 WPS: Add mechanism for indicating non-standard WPS errors
Previously, only the Configuration Error values were indicated in
WPS-FAIL events. Since those values are defined in the specification
it is not feasible to extend them for indicating other errors. Add
a new error indication value that is internal to wpa_supplicant and
hostapd to allow other errors to be indicated.

Use the new mechanism to indicate if negotiation fails because of
WEP or TKIP-only configurations being disallows by WPS 2.0.
2011-01-13 17:50:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0382097ef3 Use set_key addr to distinguish default and multicast keys
Previously, both NULL and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff addr were used in various
places to indicate default/broadcast keys. Make this more consistent
and useful by defining NULL to mean default key (i.e., used both for
unicast and broadcast) and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to indicate broadcast
key (i.e., used only with broadcast).
2011-01-09 19:44:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da64c266e7 Use more consistent set_key seq value when nothing is being set
Use NULL instead of (u8 *) "" as the seq value and make sure the
driver wrapper implementations can handle NULL value. This was
previously already done in number of places, but not everywhere.
2011-01-09 12:09:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c6ad81f9c WPS: Make WPS-AP-AVAILABLE* events a bit more consistent
The BSS table entries may be in more or less random order and it is
better to show the most likely WPS configuration method in a way that is
somewhat more consistent instead of just showing the method of the first
BSS entry found in the table.
2011-01-05 11:49:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df83fb7d00 Fix wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() handler for non-WPA
The proto configuration may be left to non-zero when moving from one
configuration to another. To avoid misidentifying a network
configuration as enabling WPA, check key_mgmt field, too.
2010-12-30 18:27:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ac17eba31 P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management
This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be
implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is
very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 12:48:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f981eabcf0 WPS: Add option to disable open networks by default
CONFIG_WPS_REG_DISABLE_OPEN=y can be used to configure wpa_supplicant
to disable open networks by default when wps_reg command is used to
learn the current AP settings. When this is enabled, there will be a
WPS-OPEN-NETWORK ctrl_iface event and the user will need to explicitly
enable the network (e.g., with "select_network <id>") to connect to
the open network.
2010-12-30 12:28:13 +02:00
Johannes Berg
190b9062b2 P2P: Add option for offloading off-channel TX to the driver
With the new kernel functionality coming to Linux to allow off-channel
TX, we can take advantage of that in the P2P code that currently uses
remain-on-channel. If a driver advertises support for it, it will be
asked to handle off-channel TX by itself.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-29 13:59:17 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0d7e5a3a29 Allow AP mode to disconnect STAs based on low ACK condition
The nl80211 driver can report low ACK condition (in fact it reports
complete loss right now only). Use that, along with a config option, to
disconnect stations when the data connection is not working properly,
e.g., due to the STA having went outside the range of the AP. This is
disabled by default and can be enabled with disassoc_low_ack=1 in
hostapd or wpa_supplicant configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-28 17:15:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc5e390d28 WPS: Require PBC match with wps_pbc that specifies BSSID
The WPS mode was already verified when the AP was configured for
WPA/WPA2, but this was not done with AP that was in open mode.
Fix this by allowing wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() to be called
in non-WPA configuration, too. With this change, wps_pbc BSSID
command will wait until the specified target AP is in active PBC
mode before trying to connect to it.
2010-12-28 08:56:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e8b237864 Fix CONFIG_SME build without CONFIG_IEEE80211W 2010-12-19 12:44:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d878ca769 Use SA Query procedure to recovery from AP/STA state mismatch
If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation
frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a
mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether
this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is
received from the AP, deauthenticate.

This implementation is only for user space SME with
driver_nl80211.c.
2010-12-19 11:58:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0423d090ce P2P: Fix some int size warnings
When u64 != unsigned long, the compiler will give
some warnings. Fix these.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-17 17:09:50 +02:00
Dan Williams
1e6288df6b dbus: Emit property changed events when adding/removing BSSes
The supplicant was not emitting property changed events when the BSSs
property changed.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2010-12-17 15:56:01 +02:00
Johannes Berg
860fddbb41 Allow setting scan_res_handler from the callback function
Some new code I'm working on will need the scan_res_handler assigned all
the time in certain circumstances, so the easiest way is to reset it
within the handler. This is currently prevented by the way the code in
the event handler works -- change that to permit such usage.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-17 15:31:05 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a2810199ec dbus: Fix type in wpa_dbus_dict_begin_string_array
The array's type should be given as the proper
DBUS_TYPE_STRING_AS_STRING, but evidently it
doesn't matter since it's all packed into a
variant type.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-17 15:20:32 +02:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
45fee6f090 P2P: Cancel group formation timeout on p2p_cancel 2010-12-17 15:06:48 +02:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
231bbd0375 P2P: Unauthorize pending P2P GO Neg peer on p2p_cancel
If there is a pending GO Negotiation when p2p_cancel is used,
unauthorize the peer to avoid immediate reconnection from being
accepted without a new p2p_connect command.
2010-12-17 15:05:35 +02:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
0a14e3ec8b P2P: Cancel group formation on PBC overlap
We should cancel group formation completely on PBC overlap instead
of just partially notifying that operations were stopped. There is
no point in waiting for the group formation timeout in this case.
2010-12-17 15:04:14 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4d2ea6a6a9 P2P: Fix wpa_cli help typo 2010-12-17 15:01:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aca0160548 nl80211: Set cipher suites when using user space SME
Previously, pairwise and group cipher suites were configured only
when kernel SME (nl80211 connect API) was used. However, mac80211
needs this information even in the user space SME case for one
thing: to disable HT when TKIP/WEP is used. Add
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE to fix this special case with
user space SME. This allows mac80211 to disable HT properly when
the AP is configured with configuration that is not allowed.
2010-12-13 21:08:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89c38e32c7 RSN IBSS: RX GTK configuration with nl80211
This add preliminary code for setting the per-STA RX GTK for
RSN IBSS when nl80211 drivers. For some reason, this does not
seem to fully work, but at least driver_nl80211.c is now aware of
what kind of key is being set and the whatever is missing from
making this key configuration go through should be specific to
nl80211/cfg80211.
2010-12-04 20:31:22 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
df4bc5091e IBSS RSN: Do not start 4-way handshake unless RSN is enabled 2010-12-04 18:17:05 -08:00
Paul Stewart
8e5f078fb9 dbus_new_handlers: Omit errant dbus_message_unref
This unref is guaranteed to be freeing a NULL pointer.

Tested manually: use dbus-send to send an invalid debug level parameter

Before change:

$ dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1 org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Set
string:fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 string:DebugLevel variant:string:msgdumpf
Error org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.NoReply: Message did not receive a reply
(timeout by message bus)
(and then wpa_supplicant crashes)

After change:

$ dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1 org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Set
string:fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 string:DebugLevel variant:string:msgdumpf
Error fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.InvalidArgs: Did not receive correct message
arguments.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2010-12-04 11:58:44 -08:00
Ben Greear
6859f1cb24 Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces
When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical
radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This
decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces.

This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based
drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 21:46:30 +02:00
Ben Greear
c577db2afd Add interface name to some debug prints
This makes it easier to figure out what is happening when controlling
multiple interfaces from a single wpa_supplicant process.
2010-11-26 21:16:36 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
1b232e479d dbus: Fix new dbus API for WPS
Start() method's optional Bssid argument needs a byte array, not an
array of arrays.
2010-11-26 19:47:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
871f4dd069 Allow driver wrappers to indicate whether result codes are sane
Some drivers are not providing exactly reliable error codes (e.g.,
with WEXT), but others may actually indicate reliable information.
Allow driver wrappers to indicate if that is the case and use
optimizations if so. For now, this improves nl80211 with
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT for a case where connection request fails.
2010-11-26 17:41:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c05d6d188c Do not segfault on EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT without BSSID 2010-11-26 17:38:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5ad96b745 SME: Optimize recovery from assocication command failures
mac80211 can indicate this mainly because of channel selection
conflicts with other vifs. If there is another BSS on another
channel, we should try to connect to it instead.
2010-11-26 17:37:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
971e357f19 P2P: Add new driver option for interface allocation
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P flag can now be used to
indicate that the initial interface (e.g., wlan0) is used for
P2P management operations and potentially non-P2P connections.
This is otherwise identical to
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE, but the possibility of
non-P2P connections makes some operations differ.
2010-11-26 15:52:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1eca5cfd8 P2P: Rename the group interface name to use p2p- prefix
This may make it less likely for udev to rename the interface that
would previously have been called wlan0-p2p-# (now: p2p-wlan0-#).
In addition, add some workaround code to handle the case where the
main interface name is close to the IFNAMSIZ length limit to
avoid going over that for the P2P group interface.
2010-11-26 15:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f85ef5cf0 P2P: Use larger pending_interface_name buffer
In theory, the interface name could be longer than IFNAMSIZ in
some systems, so use the same size buffer for this field as is
used with the main interface name.
2010-11-26 15:49:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afa4926c95 P2P: Use alternative way of starting dnsmasq if needed
Some other dnsmasq users (like libvirt) seem to be binding the DHCP
server to all interfaces which prevents the previously used mechanism
here from working (bind on the DHCP socket fails). If a failure is
noticed, try to start dnsmasq with -z option to avoid that.
2010-11-26 15:47:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fb337c121 Extend load balancing optimization in BSS blacklisting
Move the previously SME specific optimization code into generic
function that can be used from non-SME code, too, and use it to
handle disconnection events. In other words, allow disconnection
event to trigger similar optimized scanning case to handle a
common load balancing mechanism. If there is another BSS in the
same ESS when we receive a disconnection event, scan only the
known frequencies of such other BSSes on the next attempt to
speed up recovery.
2010-11-26 11:36:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5471c3434e Blacklist BSS on first failure if only a single network is enabled
The special case of requiring blacklisting count to be 2 or higher
is only needed when more than a single network is currently enabled.
As such, we should not do that when only a single network is enabled.
This make the station more likely to follow network side load
balancing attempts where the current AP may disassociate us with
an assumption that we would move to another AP.
2010-11-26 11:23:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34dbfc0cb3 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without NEED_AP_MLME driver 2010-11-25 23:41:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fe620de7e Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_WPS=y 2010-11-25 23:34:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f47d639d49 SME: Optimize recovery from common load balancing mechanisms
When authentication or association fails when trying to connect to
a BSS in an ESS that has multiple BSSes based on previous scans,
limit the first recovery scan to only the known channels that has
been seen previously. This speeds up recovery in some of the most
commonly used load balancing mechanisms in enterprise WLAN
networks.
2010-11-25 22:51:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e6646c794 SME: Fix re-try after auth/assoc timeout/failure
There were various issues in how the SME (i.e., nl80211-based driver
interface) handled various authentication and association timeouts and
failures. Authentication failure was not handled at all (wpa_supplicant
just stopped trying to connect completely), authentication timeout
resulted in blacklisting not working in the expected way (i.e., the same
BSS could be selected continuously), and association cases had similar
problems.

Use a common function to handle all these cases and fix the blacklist
operation. Use smaller delay before trying to scan again during the
initial cycle through the available APs to speed up connection. Add
a special case for another-BSS-in-the-same-ESS being present to
speed up recovery from networks with multiple APs doing load balancing
in various odd ways that are deployed out there.
2010-11-25 22:00:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c85f144ce P2P: Fix Action frame sending after disconnection
assoc_freq needs to be cleared when an interface gets disconnected.
This fixes an issue where P2P Action frame transmission may fail
because of missing remain-on-channel operation when using the same
interface for group operations (or non-P2P connections) and P2P
management operations.
2010-11-25 16:04:07 +02:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
9d562b7946 P2P: Add p2p_unauthorize command
This can be used to remove authorization from a previous p2p_connect
commands that has not yet resulted in completed GO Negotiation.
2010-11-25 13:09:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a80af658d Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y 2010-11-24 16:55:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe99fb74f1 Fix wpa_supplicant AP mode build after hostapd changes 2010-11-24 16:52:04 +02:00
Albert Liu
1d39378a0b P2P: Fix RX ack status on Action frames sent via interface in GO mode
The wpa_supplicant_event() EVENT_TX_STATUS ack field needs to be
converted to use wpas_send_action_tx_status()
enum p2p_send_action_result in this case, too, to avoid getting
incorrect TX status for P2P processing.
2010-11-24 14:25:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbb921daaa Maintain internal entropy pool for augmenting random number generation
By default, make hostapd and wpa_supplicant maintain an internal
entropy pool that is fed with following information:

hostapd:
- Probe Request frames (timing, RSSI)
- Association events (timing)
- SNonce from Supplicants

wpa_supplicant:
- Scan results (timing, signal/noise)
- Association events (timing)

The internal pool is used to augment the random numbers generated
with the OS mechanism (os_get_random()). While the internal
implementation is not expected to be very strong due to limited
amount of generic (non-platform specific) information to feed the
pool, this may strengthen key derivation on some devices that are
not configured to provide strong random numbers through
os_get_random() (e.g., /dev/urandom on Linux/BSD).

This new mechanism is not supposed to replace proper OS provided
random number generation mechanism. The OS mechanism needs to be
initialized properly (e.g., hw random number generator,
maintaining entropy pool over reboots, etc.) for any of the
security assumptions to hold.

If the os_get_random() is known to provide strong ramdom data (e.g., on
Linux/BSD, the board in question is known to have reliable source of
random data from /dev/urandom), the internal hostapd random pool can be
disabled. This will save some in binary size and CPU use. However, this
should only be considered for builds that are known to be used on
devices that meet the requirements described above. The internal pool
is disabled by adding CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y to the .config file.
2010-11-24 01:29:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b21e2c84f1 Include own MAC address in status info even in non-P2P builds 2010-11-21 12:35:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8953e9681a edit: Move history save file specification to caller 2010-11-21 11:43:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6b25ca5b4 P2P: Add some initial documentation for P2P use 2010-11-19 13:24:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab72eb5256 P2P: Accept invitations to already running persistent group
We can automatically accept invitations that are for a persistent
group that is already running. There is no need to confirm this
separately or preparare a new group interface.
2010-11-19 12:58:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d39057c2b P2P: Stop p2p_find/p2p_listen when Invitation is accepted
When an Invitation to reinvoke a persistent group is accepted,
we need to make sure that any pending p2p_find or p2p_listen
operation gets stopped to avoid consuming all radio resources
doing device discovery while the group is being set up.
2010-11-19 12:58:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c0da49f62 P2P: Do not start multiple copies of same persistent group
When running p2p_group_add persistent=<id>, verify whether the
requested group is already running and if so, do not try to
start another copy of it.
2010-11-19 12:57:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca806fb540 P2P: Indicate WPS events from AP mode only during group formation
The duplicated WPS event in the parent interface should only be used
during P2P group formation, i.e., when the WPS operation was actually
started using the parent interface. When authorizing a client to
connect to an already running group, the WPS command is issued on
the group interface and there is no need to duplicate the event to
the parent interface.
2010-11-18 12:42:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1b024c9e5 P2P: Make sure wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation gets cleared
This pointer is now used in number of places to check whether an
interface is in P2P Group Formation, so we better make sure it gets
cleared when group formation has been completed. This was done in
only some of the cases.
2010-11-18 12:41:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9dd7d6b09c WPS: Add special AP Setup Locked mode to allow read only ER
ap_setup_locked=2 can now be used to enable a special mode where
WPS ER can learn the current AP settings, but cannot change then.
In other words, the protocol is allowed to continue past M2, but
is stopped at M7 when AP is in this mode. WPS IE does not
advertise AP Setup Locked in this case to avoid interoperability
issues.

In wpa_supplicant, use ap_setup_locked=2 by default. Since the AP PIN
is disabled by default, this does not enable any new functionality
automatically. To allow the read-only ER to go through the protocol,
wps_ap_pin command needs to be used to enable the AP PIN.
2010-11-17 16:48:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70d84f11fe WPS: Add wps_ap_pin ctrl_iface command for wpa_supplicant AP mode
This can be used to control the AP PIN in wpa_supplicant AP mode
in the same way as the identical command in hostapd ctrl_iface.
2010-11-17 16:46:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb79dc720b P2P: Fix invitation-to-running-group handling
The pending_invite_ssid_id of -1 (running group, not persistent) was
being stored incorrectly in the group interface, not device interface
(i.e., parent of the group interface) and consequently, the incorrect
information was used when processing the Invitation Response.

If there was a persistent group credentials stored with network id
0, those were used instead to try to set up a persistent group
instead of using the already running group.
2010-11-16 15:22:06 +02:00
Albert Liu
5496062919 P2P: Update pending join interface address during scans
Since the P2P peer entry may not have been available at the time the
join request was issued, we need to allow the P2P Interface Address
to be updated during join-scans when the P2P peer entry for the GO
may be added.
2010-11-15 16:16:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b1ab931b1 P2P: Allow multiple scan runs to find GO for p2p_connect join
If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request
frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning
Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan
until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where
normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there).

Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting
in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those
scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the
join attempt.
2010-11-15 16:15:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e8ecb5fb49 Move wpa_cli readline integration into src/utils/edit_readline.c
All three line editing options are now located in src/utils/edit*.c
and provide the same API to allow easy build time selection.
2010-11-14 22:37:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdc45634f0 wpa_cli: Use edit API as a wrapper for optional readline 2010-11-14 21:19:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82a855bda8 Move command line editing routines into src/utils/edit*.[ch]
This allows the same routines to be shared with other programs
since these are not really specific to wpa_cli.
2010-11-14 20:59:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aee680e8b2 wpa_cli: Add internal line edit implementation
CONFIG_WPA_CLI_EDIT=y can now be used to build wpa_cli with internal
implementation of line editing and history support. This can be used
as a replacement for CONFIG_READLINE=y.
2010-11-14 19:15:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd10156798 wpa_cli: Replace CONFIG_WPA_CLI_FORK design with eloop
Instead of using a separate process to receive and print event
messages, use a single-process design with eloop to simply
wpa_cli and interaction with readline.
2010-11-14 13:16:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f1c6549ed wpa_cli: Split wpa_cli_interactive() into two versions
Instead of multiple #ifdef blocks for readline within the function,
use two copies of the functions, one for readline, one without any
readline functionality.
2010-11-14 11:30:19 +02:00
Jean Trivelly
01d92811f9 P2P: Add network_added notification when p2p device becomes GO
Notification is done when you become P2P client but was missing
when you become GO.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jeanx.trivelly@linux.intel.com>
2010-11-12 21:21:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5254eb7e50 P2P: Fix HT40 secondary channel validation 2010-11-12 19:04:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5122242925 P2P: Add HT40 operating classes based on driver channel flags
This allows P2P to negotiate HT40 channels. For now, only 5 GHz
HT40 operating classes are enabled.
2010-11-12 18:14:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
148bb37f2e P2P: Send WPS-OVERLAP-DETECTED also to the parent interface
When running "p2p_connect addr pbc join" command, send the
WPS-OVERLAP-DETECTED even also to the parent interface (i.e.,
the one on which the p2p_connect was issued) and not only the
group interface in case separate P2P group interfaces are used.
2010-11-12 11:30:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aaca650540 P2P: Replace the default country with "XX" (non-country entity) 2010-11-10 16:22:22 +02:00
Anil Gathala Sudha
7cfc4ac319 P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO
The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based
on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best
frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used
to select the operating channel if configuration does not include
hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during
GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based
on current channel conditions.

p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5)
to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 13:33:47 +02:00
Samuel Ortiz
74b1c84a0b wpa_supplicant: Test all compiled drivers before failing
wpa_supplicant_set_driver() is returning an error if the first driver
in the driver list is not built in. It should continue through the
driver list until it finds one that's built in.
2010-11-09 16:45:27 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
99ac2913d8 wpa_supplicant: Fix port state management without IEEE8021X_EAPOL
If IEE8021X_EAPOL is not enabled in the config, wpa_drv_set_supp_port
must be called from the supplicant, otherwise port will not be
activated after association.
2010-11-09 16:31:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43882f1efc Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP
Commit d8d940b746 introduced a regression
that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was
rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use
WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e.,
whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow
the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or
IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA).

It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP
selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that
ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 21:14:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eacc12bfbb eapol_test: Unregister EAP server methods if CONFIG_AP=y
This fixes a memory leak in CONFIG_AP=y builds.
2010-11-07 11:38:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09d660b9e3 P2P: Clear off_channel_freq when requesting new remain-on-channel
The driver may end up leaving the current channel when we request
a new remain-on-channel and as such, it is better not assume we can
start new operations like sending an Action frame on the previous
off-channel.
2010-11-05 18:39:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8eada5ca13 P2P: Cancel pending remain-on-channel request when stopping Listen
If we have already asked the driver to start a new remain-on-channel,
we need to cancel it even if the actual remain-on-channel has not yet
started at the point when a new operation or timeout etc. triggers
Listen state to be stopped.
2010-11-05 18:39:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9bcf9541a7 P2P: Do not skip call to p2p_scan_res_handled()
Even if p2p_scan_res_handler() returns 1 to indicate that scan result
iteration should be stopped, the p2p_scan_res_handled() needs to be
called to clear p2p_scan_running and to get a callback that will start
any operations that were delayed because of the running scan.
2010-11-05 18:17:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b029bd33c4 P2P: Copy p2p_intra_bss setting to the group interface
This is needed to allow p2p_intra_bss take effect when using
separate group interfaces.
2010-11-04 16:53:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0a9f3b02f P2P: Allow p2p_cancel to cancel P2P client that has not yet connected
This can now be used to cancel a P2P client interface that has not
yet completed the first 4-way handshake with a GO.
2010-11-04 11:59:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
534525ff05 P2P: Skip extra remain-on-channel if oper channel matches
There is no need to separately move to the correct channel
for transmitting an Action frame that is using the group
interface (i.e., source address is P2P Interface Address).
This removes extra latency from P2P Action frame operations
within a P2P group.
2010-11-02 19:35:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acec8d3203 Add ctrl_iface command 'GET version'
This can be used to fetch the wpa_supplicant/hostapd version
string.
2010-10-31 17:07:31 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
ae6e1bee67 Add WPA_IGNORE_CONFIG_ERRORS option to continue in case of bad config
This is an option to continue with wpa_supplicant and hostapd even if
config file has errors. The problem is that these daemons are the best
"candidates" for the config change, so if they can not start because
config file was let's say corrupted, you can not fix it easily.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2010-10-31 12:38:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7412dabd9 P2P: Fix random channel selection to use os_get_random
This could have been using an uninitialized variable instead of
purposefully random value in picking up the channel. There is not
much of a difference for the use case here, but anyway, we may
as well do what was initially planned here and.
2010-10-31 12:27:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79222cfa61 P2P: Reorder code to avoid memory leak on error path 2010-10-31 12:24:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d25f7212da Fix copy-paste bug in p2p_serv_disc_resp handling
The destination address for p2p_serv_disc_resp must always be set
to an individual MAC address unlike p2p_serv_disc_req which may use
00:00:00:00:00:00 to indicate wildcard query. As such, we should not
try to check for this special case here.
2010-10-31 12:17:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d394a22f30 P2P: Add NULL pointer validation for ssid for group started event
It looks likely that ssid is not NULL here, but better keep this
consistent with other uses of ssid pointer in this function.
2010-10-31 12:12:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea78c315a2 Add ctrl_interface event for association rejected 2010-10-27 20:28:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58e54293db P2P: Fix removal_reason setting to use correct pointer
The previous version triggered a NULL pointer dereference on
P2P_GROUP_REMOVE * command.
2010-10-27 11:47:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ae2aa14a5 Fix compiler warning from previous commit 2010-10-27 11:31:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f9c6aa665 Fix memory leak in P2P build without MLME
The ieee80211_sta_free_hw_features() function is now used outside
the MLME code, so better make sure it gets included in the build
to avoid leaking memory.
2010-10-27 11:26:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed159ad41b WPS ER: Add more details to wps_er_pbc failure returns
Indicate the reason for the failure when wps_er_pbc is rejected.
2010-10-25 21:59:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e7533b399 WPS ER: Show SetSelectedRegistrar events as ctrl_iface events
This makes it easier to figure out if something goes wrong in
preparing the AP for enrolling a station.
2010-10-25 21:29:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c973f3868a P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable
Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating
that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual
interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating
channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual
interface.

When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will
be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for
this as follows:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 19:16:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
129eb428b1 WPS: Fix wps_reg command documentation to require BSSID
Replacing the BSSID with 'any' has never worked with wps_reg
command, so better not claim it could work. In addition, reject
this is wpa_supplicant to make it clearer that the operation
fails.
2010-10-25 18:56:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3071e18109 P2P: Add mechanism for timing out idle groups
A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set
idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set,
this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client)
interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the
configuration duration.

The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group
removal when known. For example:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
2010-10-25 18:24:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f19858f5a8 Show wpa_supplicant version number in the debug log 2010-10-22 11:50:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35c5d61037 Fix crash on channel list changed event during driver init
The driver wrapper may indicate EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED before
completing init(). This would likely result in segfault when driver
channel list is being read as part of processing this event when
P2P is enabled.
2010-10-20 19:30:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef10f4733f WPS ER: Add wps_er_set_config to use local configuration
This command can be used to enroll a network based on a local
network configuration block instead of having to (re-)learn the
current AP settings with wps_er_learn.
2010-10-20 13:37:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2af1c18735 P2P: Scan all channels if GO is not found from common channels
This is not supposed to happen, but in theory, the GO may end up
changing its channels at some point. While it would be reasonable
to use one of the common channels, GO may be forced to use another
channel. The most likely reason for this would be if the P2P client
is enforcing only a single channel to be used (e.g., to avoid
multi-channel concurrent operations).
2010-10-19 18:38:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f4ce13fde P2P: Track non-P2P members in the group and set Group Limit bit
The P2P group component is now tracking of associated stations
in the group and the Group Limit bit in the Group Capabilities
is updated based on whether there is room for new clients in
the group.
2010-10-19 18:10:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de979d8fc7 Fix max_stations to apply to associated STAs, not P2P peers
This driver capability limit was supposed to indicate limit on
how many stations can associate with us in the AP mode, not how
many P2P peers are stored in the peer table.
2010-10-19 17:17:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dae608d5d3 Add max_num_sta config option for wpa_supplicant AP mode
This can be used to limit the number of stations allowed to be
connected to the AP.
2010-10-19 17:08:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
59eba7a2b3 P2P: Add p2p_cancel command for cancelling ongoing group formation 2010-10-19 15:53:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93b7ddd032 P2P: Skip GO Neg Conf ack failure workaround of send failures
The workaround to ignore no ctrl::ack received for GO Negotiation
Confirmation frame was only supposed to be used when the frame was
actually transmitted and just the ack was not received. However, due
to the way the driver failure on transmitting the frame were reported,
this ended up getting applied for all failures in sending the GO
Negotiation Confirmation frame.

Improve this by providing a mechanism to indicate whether send_action
operations fail locally before the frame was actually transmitted or
because of not receiving ack frame after having transmitted the frame.
2010-10-19 12:47:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d75e880696 P2P: Try to re-create group interface if pending one is not available
This is needed to work around cases where the pending interface gets
removed, e.g., due to failed GO Negotiation. In such case, we may still
accept new GO Negotiation to be completed, but the interface did not
get created without a separate p2p_connect command.

The current implementation is not ideal since the re-created interface
may, at least in theory, get incorrect interface addrees. Though, this
would likely require that the driver supported more than one P2P group
interface and that the previous one was already taken into use for
another group.
2010-10-18 17:00:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
092acb5441 WPS: Add virtual flags in Config Methods for WPS 2.0 if needed
This is a workaround for incorrect configuration (missing
virtual/physical identifier for config methods) for WPS 2.0 to
allow unmodified configuration from WPS 1.0 to be used while
enforcing compliant WPS 2.0 values.
2010-10-16 12:57:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b5c9da8db3 P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events
This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes
its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan
results.
2010-10-15 18:55:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac8d1011b7 P2P: Set channel list per channel instead of per band
This makes the channel list match with driver capabilities without
having to do workaround like disabling channels 12-14.
2010-10-15 18:51:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ae4650b4c P2P: Verify that forced channel is suitable for autonomous GO 2010-10-15 18:48:06 +03:00
Anil Gathala Sudha
a0dee79709 P2P: Send AP mode WPS-FAIL event to parent interface
The AP operation with wpa_supplicant requires an additional callback
to get the needed event information from hostapd side so that
wpa_msg() can be called for wpa_s->parent if needed.
2010-10-14 20:57:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
545cc6af25 P2P: Send WPS-FAIL event to parent interface, too
This makes it easier to figure out what went wrong during group
formation when per-group interfaces are used.
2010-10-14 20:52:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81611b95ff WPS: Add Config Error into WPS-FAIL events
This makes it easier to figure out what could have failed in the
WPS protocol and potentially provide more information for the
user on how to resolve the issue.
2010-10-14 20:49:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d054a4622c P2P: Reject multi-channel concurrent operations depending on driver
The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports
concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection
on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not,
P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require
multi-channel concurrency.

The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT:

FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE:
The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has
an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel
available).

FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED:
The request channel is not available for P2P.
2010-10-14 14:24:56 +03:00
Paul Stewart
174fa7898e bgscan: Add new channel condition parameters to signal change events
bgscan modules can potentially get a richer feel for the channel
condition and make better choices about scan/no-scan and roam/no-roam.
2010-10-12 20:03:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b29972c09 P2P: Limit p2p_connect .. pbc join based on BSSID
Allow only the expected P2P Interface Address as the BSSID for
the AP to avoid selecting incorrect BSS should there be another
device that is advertising active PBC mode before the target
P2P GO does.
2010-10-12 16:56:17 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6cb22d2fd1 P2P: Fix remain-on-channel abort race
When the P2P state machine requests a remain- on-channel, there's a
potential race where it can then request a stop before the r-o-c has
actually started, in which case the stop will not be processed. Fix
that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-10-10 17:52:13 +03:00
Paul Stewart
8ee69e0633 dbus_new_handlers: Don't send NULL to dbus_message_new_error
The new DBus API helper function wpas_dbus_error_unknown_error
function can be called as a result of a failure within internal
getter calls, which will call this function with a NULL message
parameter.  However, dbus_message_new_error looks very unkindly
(i.e, abort()) on a NULL message, so in this case, we should not
call it.

I've observed this course of events during a call to
wpas_dbus_getter_bss_wpa with a faileld parse of the IE parameter.
We got here through a call to fill_dict_with_properties which
explicitly calls getters with a NULL message parameter.  Judging
from the way it is called, this could easily occur if an AP sends
out a malformed (or mis-received) probe response.  I usually run
into this problem while driving through San Francisco, so I'm
exposed to any number of base stations along this path.
2010-10-09 17:29:51 +03:00
Daniel Kurtz
556522ee09 dbus: Treat '' in SSIDs of Interface.Scan as a request for broadcast scan
This patch changes wpa_supplicant policy for handling '' in SSIDs field of
Interface.SSID DBus message. It treats '' (zero-length) SSID as a request
for a broadcast scan, instead of ignoring it.

This patch updates DBus API .Scan() logic per the test cases listed below:

1) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20)})
   Request:     Active scan with only '' SSID (1 channel)
   Should be:   1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
   Previous:    1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
   This Patch:  1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel

2) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20), 'SSIDs':['']})
   Request:     Active scan with only '' SSID (1 channel)
   Should be:   1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
   Previous:    No ProbeRequests; passive scan results for specified channel
   This Patch:  FIXED: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel

3) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20), 'SSIDs':['MySSID']})
   Request:     Active scan with only non-'' SSIDs (1 channel)
   Should be:   1 directed ProbeRequest for each SSID on specified channel,
	no broadcast ProbeRequest
   Previous:    1 directed ProbeRequest for each SSID on specified channel,
	no broadcast ProbeRequest
   This Patch:  1 directed ProbeRequest for each SSID on specified channel,
	no broadcast ProbeRequest

4) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20), 'SSIDs':['',
	'MySSID']})
   Request:     Active scan with SSIDs, including 1 '' SSID (1 channel)
   Should be:   1 broadcast ProbeRequest, 1 directed ProbeRequest for each
	non-'' SSID on specified channel
   Previous:    1 directed ProbeRequest for each non-'' SSID on specified
	channel
   This Patch:  FIXED: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest, 1 directed ProbeRequest for
	each non-'' SSID on specified channel
2010-10-09 16:27:53 +03:00
Daniel Kurtz
a7af023b84 dbus: Fix passive/active scans in some cases
Currently the DBus Interface.Scan API is counter-intuitive. It issues
ProbeRequests when doing passive scans when channels are specified, and
does not issue ProbeRequests for broadcast active scans.

This patch updates DBus API .Scan() logic per the test cases listed below:

 1) Interface.Scan({'Type':'passive'})
    Request:     Passive scan (all channels)
    Should be:   No ProbeRequests; Passive Scan results for all channels
    Previous:    1 ProbeRequest on all channels for both broadcast SSID and
	selected network (scan_ssid=1)
    This Patch:  --No change--: 1 ProbeRequest on all channels for both
	broadcast SSID and selected network (scan_ssid=1)

 2) Interface.Scan({'Type':'passive', 'Channel':(2412, 20)})
    Request:     Passive scan (1 channel)
    Should be:   No ProbeRequests; Passive Scan results for 1 channel
	(plus overlapping channels)
    Previous:    1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
    This Patch:  --Fixed--: No ProbeRequests; Passive Scan results for 1
	channel (plus overlapping channels)

 3) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active'})
    Request:     Active scan with no SSIDs (all channels)
    Should be:   1 broadcast ProbeRequest on all channels
    Previous:    No ProbeRequests;  passive scan results for all channels
    This Patch:  --Fixed--: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on all channels

 4) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20)})
    Request:     Active scan with no SSIDs (1 channel)
    Should be:   1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
    Previous:    No ProbeRequests; Passive scan results for specified
	channel (plus overlapping channels)
    This Patch:  --Fixed--: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
2010-10-09 16:22:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01cf713e51 Fix .gitignore files to not ignore subdirectory matches
The previous used .gitignore files were mathing some files that
were actually already in the repository (e.g.,
hostapd/logwatch/hostapd). Avoid this by listing the conflicting
entries in the root directory .gitignore with full path.
2010-10-07 11:04:16 +03:00
Ben Greear
199716adb3 Fix wpa_supplicant build without CONFIG_WPS and CONFIG_AP 2010-10-07 10:41:58 +03:00
Johannes Berg
9919f7a22b Fix AP mode in wpa_supplicant with interface events
Needs to not trigger a scan here when the AP mode setup sets
interface down/up.
2010-10-06 17:10:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9c8a7c44c Fix build with CONFIG_WPS_OOB 2010-10-06 16:40:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
235f69fcd6 Mark ctrl_iface RX debug for PING commands excessive
This cleans up debug log from unnecessary entries when using
wpa_cli/hostapd_cli or other ctrl_iface monitors that PING
periodically to check connectivity.
2010-09-24 15:50:13 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
95ee81e4e7 WPS: Documented wps_er_pin MAC address option 2010-09-24 15:44:26 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3981cb3cb8 WPS: Add wps_check_pin command for processing PIN from user input
UIs can use this command to process a PIN entered by a user and to
validate the checksum digit (if present).
2010-09-23 10:30:52 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f648bc7d0d WPS: Use blacklist more aggressively during WPS provisioning
This allows more APs to be tried during the WPS timeout.
2010-09-22 11:50:15 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2e565a44 WPS 2.0: Provide (Re)Association Response WPS IE to driver
WPS 2.0 mandates the AP to include WPS IE in (Re)Association Response
if the matching (Re)Association Request included WPS IE. Provide the
needed WPS IE information to the driver_ops API for drivers that
process association frames internally.

Note: This modifies the driver_ops API by adding a new argument to
set_ap_wps_ie().
2010-09-22 10:46:44 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b4e34f2fdf WPS: Make testing operations configurable at runtime
Instead of build time options (CONFIG_WPS_TESTING_EXTRA_CRED and
CONFIG_WPS_EXTENSIBILITY_TESTING), use a single build option
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) and runtime configuration of which testing
operations are enabled. This allows a single binary to be used
for various tests.

The runtime configuration can be done through control interface
with wpa_cli/hostapd_cli commands:
Enable extensibility tests:
set wps_version_number 0x57
Disable extensibility tests (WPS2 build):
set wps_version_number 0x20
Enable extra credential tests:
set wps_testing_dummy_cred 1
Disable extra credential tests:
set wps_testing_dummy_cred 0
2010-09-21 19:51:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9647120b07 WPS: Add more verbose debug info on PBC session overlap detection 2010-09-20 15:08:52 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ff28ccafd5 WPS: Add BSSID to strict validation error messages
This makes it easier to figure out which AP is sending invalid
Beacon or Probe Response frames.
2010-09-20 14:54:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7736f18bef WPS: Cancel WPS operation on PBC session overlap detection
Previously, wpa_supplicant remaining in scanning state without
trying to connect, but there is no particular need to do that.
Instead, cancel WPS operation completely whenever PBC session
overlap is detected.
2010-09-19 17:04:04 -07:00
Dan Harkins
df684d82ff EAP-pwd: Add support for EAP-pwd server and peer functionality
This adds an initial EAP-pwd (RFC 5931) implementation. For now,
this requires OpenSSL.
2010-09-14 21:51:40 -10:00
Jouni Malinen
ea184114ca Allow auto-connect to request scan in associating state
Disconnection event may be received while in associating state.
Previously, wpa_supplicant could get stuck not trying to reconnect
in that case at least with nl80211. Allow scan request in this
state to avoid the issue. This helps especially with APs that do
load balancing by sending Deauthentication frame as a response to
Reassociation Request frame after successful Authentication frame
exchange.
2010-09-14 00:07:54 -07:00
Sudhakar Swaminathan
0f66abd25b P2P: Add option for disabling intra BSS distribution
p2p_intra_bss configuration parameter can now be used to
disable/enable intra BSS distribution (bridging of frames between
the clients in a group).
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Ardong Chen
0d0a8ca1cc Add option for disabling automatic reconnection on disconnection
ctrl_interface STA_AUTOCONNECT command can now be used to disable
automatic reconnection on receiving disconnection event. The default
behavior is for wpa_supplicant to try to reconnect automatically, i.e.,
to maintain previous behavior.
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Ardong Chen
2049af2bd5 P2P: Fix invitation_received callback to use NULL bssid (if not known)
Previously, the storage buffer for the Group BSSID was returned
regardless of whether it was included in the invitation or not.
2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Kuko Li
4c01083400 P2P: Do not process configuration changes on non-P2P interfaces 2010-09-10 10:30:26 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b73bf0a74b P2P: Stop connection attempt on PBC session overlap
The overlap condition cannot disappear before group formation timeout
hits, so there is no point in continuing in this case and failure can
be indicated immediately.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3094d4837a P2P: Use group formation timeout (but longer one) with join-a-group
This allows the pending group interface to be removed if we fail
to join a running group. A longer than 15 second timeout is needed
here since the GO may not have authorized our connection yet.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ae3e342108 P2P: Add peer timeout into group formation 15 second timeout
This adds some more time for WPS provisioning step in case the peer
takes long time to start group interface operations.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
2f9929ffcc WPS: Allow pending WPS operation to be cancelled
A new ctrl_interface command, WPS_CANCEL, can now be used to cancel
a pending or ongoing WPS operation. For now, this is only available
with wpa_supplicant (either in station or AP mode). Similar
functionality should be added for hostapd, too.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
014732ea81 WPS: Fix timeout event to be sent over ctrl_interface
This was supposed to be sent to external event monitors, i.e., to
use wpa_msg instead of wpa_printf.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Wei-Jen Lin
c0a321c519 Allow bssid parameter to be cleared through ctrl_interface
Setting bssid to an empty string, "", or any can now be used to
clear the bssid_set flag in a network block, i.e., to remove bssid
filtering.
2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
876103dc6c wpa_cli action: Add WPS_EVENT_SUCCESS and WPS_EVENT_FAIL handlers 2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Ardong Chen
c481048f7c P2P: Add frequency into group started ctrl_interface events 2010-09-10 10:30:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
812bf56ab1 Fix build without CONFIG_P2P=y 2010-09-09 07:20:28 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e9a7ae41fa P2P: Use SSID from GO Negotiation to limit WPS provisioning step
In order to avoid picking incorrect SSID from old scan results, use
SSID from GO Negotiation to select the AP.
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
743ef79914 P2P: Deinit GO group data before global P2P deinit
This avoids issues with using freed memory in p2p_group_deinit().
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f8d0131a11 P2P: Use operating frequency from peer table as backup for join
The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include
the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table,
so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS
table entry is not available.
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
a482883f63 P2P: Fix connect-to-running-group if Action TX status is delayed
The following operations (scan and associate) were not run if the
Provisioning Discovery Response is received before the TX Action
status.
2010-09-09 07:17:23 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ab218b7c72 P2P: Add some more debug information for Action frame TX 2010-09-09 07:17:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
1cc3a29d49 P2P: Clear pending Action TX frame on p2p_stop_find and p2p_listen
This is needed to avoid issues with the previous TX command from
stopping long Listen state.
2010-09-09 07:17:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b6c79a998f Add test command for disabling/enabling A-MPDU aggregation
ctrl_iface command "SET ampdu <0/1>" can now be used to
disable/enable A-MPDU aggregation.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
10b9ac17cf P2P: For now, do not use channels 12-14 in P2P groups
This is needed to make sure we do not try to accidentally enable GO
in channels that may not be allowed. In addition, this may help with
some driver that do not like channel 14 even as a passive scan
channel.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7fbf99aa6b P2P: Add an example p2p-action script for udhcpc/udhcpd 2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
56815b2b7d Copy WPS strings into AP configuration when using wpa_supplicant AP 2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
1c9cb49fe9 Trigger WPS configuration update on string changes
Previously, only Device Name string was handled, but similar trigger
is needed on Manufacturer, Model Name, Model Number, and Serial Number
changes.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0e14267a31 P2P: Avoid segfault on AP deinit after failed AP start 2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e1f1509bb0 P2P: Fix P2P IE generation for AssocReq when BSS info is not available
This code could segfault on NULL pointer dereference at least when
ap_scan=2 is used.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c4ea4c5c90 P2P: Allow driver wrapper to indicate how many stations are supported
This can be used to limit the number of clients allowed to connect
to the group on the GO.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f80a2237ca Fix AP mode wps_pin command to return the entered PIN
This command is supposed to return the PIN value that was generated
or passed in as an argument. In the AP case, the entered PIN was not
being returned.
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
eea2fd9eff P2P: Add mechanism for configuring UAPSD parameters for group
This is needed to be able to change parameters for dynamically
created interfaces between the creation of the interface and
association/start AP commands.

Following ctrl_interface commands can now be used:

P2P_SET client_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in client mode

P2P_SET client_apsd <BE>,<BK>,<VI>,<VO>;<max SP Length>
- enable UASPD with specific trigger configuration (0/1) per AC
  (max SP Length is currently ignored)

P2P_SET go_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in AP mode

P2P_SET go_apsd <0/1>
- disable/enable APSD in AP mode
2010-09-09 07:17:21 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3dfda83d9c P2P: Add Device Password ID to GO Neg Request RX event
This event indicates the Device Password ID that the peer tried
to use in GO Negotiation. For example:
P2P-GO-NEG-REQUEST 02:40:61:c2:f3:b7 dev_passwd_id=4
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4147a2cc64 P2P: Fix p2p_connect join with interface address
Need to fetch P2P Device Address from the peers table in case the
p2p_connect join command uses interface address.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
72044390f3 P2P: Add support for cross connection
If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets
using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an
uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be
enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device
interface.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
aefb53bd5d P2P: Disable periodic NoA when non-P2P STA is connected
For now, this applies to the test command that can be used to set
periodic NoA (p2p_set noa). The value are stored and periodic NoA
is enabled whenever there are no non-P2P STAs connected to the GO.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4c08c0bd57 P2P: Include P2P IE in (Re)AssocReq to infra AP if it uses P2P IE
While this is not strictly speaking required by the P2P specification
for a not-P2P Managed Device, this can provide useful information for
the P2P manager AP and may be needed to pass certification tests.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
43a3863516 Trigger scan on reload-config only if there are enabled networks 2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d9d6a58c8f P2P: Fix invitation to active group to use correct operating channel
Invitation Request must use the current operating frequency of the
group, not the default operating channel.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
dcf788d1a4 WPS: Fix configuration strings on config reload
Previously, freed memory could be used as device name (and other similar
parameters) when building WPS IE after SIGHUP.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
af8ab1ae97 P2P: Use 'Enrollee info' WPS request type in P2P scans
This avoids setting explicit Request-to-Enrollee request when
WPS 2.0 is used.
2010-09-09 07:17:20 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
131cb37c2d P2P: Allow pre-authorization of invitation to apply to src addr
For client-invites-device case, the pre-authorization of an invitation
to running group will need to allow Invitation Request from specified
address, too. This is for testing uses only.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6d4747a9a2 Add P2P Interface Address into ctrl_iface status output 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
80c9582a5f P2P: Add test command for filtering which peers are discovered
"wpa_cli p2p_set peer_filter <MAC address>" can now be used to
only allow a single P2P Device (based on P2P Device Address) to be
discovered for testing. Setting the address to 00:00:00:00:00:00
disables the filter.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6e6963ea86 P2P: Add test mode for SD to force fragmented response 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
18708aadfc P2P: Initial support for SD fragmentation (GAS Comeback Request/Response) 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2a43101e48 P2P: Fix memory leak in SD service entries
Need to flush stored service entries when wpa_supplicant is being
terminated.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
bf608cad56 P2P: Rename SD info not available define to match with spec change 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
706887fc28 P2P: Stop early when processing not-persistent invitation result 2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2e062d5d74 P2P: Fix Group ID in Invitation Request from active GO
Need to get P2P Device Address, not the Interface Address.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
108def931e P2P: Add command for pre-authorizing an invitation to an active group
This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth
to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that
may be received in the future.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3c5126a41f P2P: Set Device Password ID in WPS M1/M2 per new rules
If the P2P client (WPS Enrollee) uses a PIN from the GO (Registrar),
Device Password ID in M1 & M2 is set to Registrar-specified.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ef922c4a34 P2P: Run a scan before provision discovery in p2p_connect join
This is needed to make sure we have fresh BSS information for the GO.
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c381508d88 P2P: Implement power save configuration
wpa_cli p2p_set ps <0/1/2>
wpa_cli p2p_set oppps <0/1>
wpa_cli p2p_set ctwindow <0..> msec
2010-09-09 07:17:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
07a30a66c3 P2P: Do not schedule new remain-on-channel if waiting for drv event
The driver event for remain-on-channel may be delayed in a way that
allows management-frame-received event to be received before
wpa_supplicant knows that the driver is actually already on the
previously requested channel. We should not request a new
remain-on-channel to send a response to just a frame if we are waiting
for the driver to get to the same channel. Instead, just continue
waiting for the driver event.
2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d6ae995057 P2P: Fix infinite loop on interface selection for Action frame TX
When the first wpa_supplicant interface is not the correct one for
transmitting an Action frame (e.g., P2P Presence Request frame
uses a group interface), the code got stuck in an infinite busy
loop. Fix the iteration to go through the interfaces properly.
2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
df91238b54 P2P: wpa_qui-qt4: Add P2P functionality into the GUI 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
42f0101b4d P2P: wpa_cli action calls for P2P group started/removed events 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
57faa1cee8 wpa_cli: Add P2P commands 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9fdd0fada7 P2P: Add disassociation/deauthentication IE notifications 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9bae1be0a1 P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0c6b310e83 P2P: Show P2P info in ctrl_iface scan results 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d23bd8940f P2P: Show P2P Device Address in wpa_cli status 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b563b3882e P2P: Add control interface commands for P2P 2010-09-09 07:17:18 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0817de904e P2P: Optimize scan timeouts for group formation 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5f3a6aa0a4 P2P: Add P2P IE into (Re)Association Request frames 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
0e65037c27 P2P: Add P2P IE into Probe Request frames 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6e3f4b89ea P2P: Let the driver wrapper know if association is for P2P group 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e44f8bf20a P2P: Add P2P configuration and callbacks in hostapd code 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b22128efdc P2P: Add initial version of P2P Module 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
fdadd5fe03 P2P: Do not register l2_packet on dedicated P2P device interface 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
73e492693d P2P: Add TODO note for Group Formation bit use in AP selection 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4c2c302893 P2P: Remove 802.11b rates from wpa_supplicant AP mode operations
TODO: do this only for P2P group interface
2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4dac02455a P2P: Use config block with disabled==2 to store persistent groups 2010-09-09 07:17:17 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
75bde05d53 P2P: Add driver operations for P2P use 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2ff99b3c38 P2P: Do not save temporary networks 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b2c5a4a3df P2P: Do not filter BSSes based on SSID during P2P Provisioning
TODO: Use group id from GO Neg instead(?)
2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9fa243b295 P2P: Let WPS code know if it is used in a P2P group 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e3768e7c94 P2P: Add global configuration parameters for P2P 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2c5d725c65 P2P: Add dynamic network config block parameters for P2P 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
611aea7d41 Allow ctrl_iface SET command to change global config parameters 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
1d47214aa9 Add flag indicating which global configuration parameters have changed 2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
121adf9c2e Move global configuration parser into config.c
This makes it easier to provide support for dynamic updates of the
global configuration parameters while wpa_supplicant is running.
2010-09-09 07:17:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
42f50264c0 WPS: Make fragment size configurable for EAP-WSC peer
"wpa_cli set wps_fragment_size <val>" can now be used to configure the
fragment size limit for EAP-WSC.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
cae67937ca WPS: Fix CONFIG_WPS_STRICT build option
This was not supposed to be depending on CONFIG_WPS_NFC.
2010-09-09 06:07:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
ad4741183f WPS 2.0: Make sure PHY/VIRT flag gets set for PBC 2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
53587ec183 WPS 2.0: Make WSC 2.0 support to be build option (CONFIG_WPS2)
For now, the default build will only include WSC 1.0 support.
CONFIG_WPS2=y can be used to add support for WSC 2.0.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
54f489be45 WPS 2.0: Validate WPS attributes in management frames and WSC messages
If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and
reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an
included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all
mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC
messages.
2010-09-09 06:07:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6a857074f4 WPS 2.0: Add virtual/physical display and pushbutton config methods 2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
31fcea931d WPS 2.0: Add support for AuthorizedMACs attribute
Advertize list of authorized enrollee MAC addresses in Beacon and
Probe Response frames and use these when selecting the AP. In order
to provide the list, the enrollee MAC address should be specified
whenever adding a new PIN. In addition, add UUID-R into
SetSelectedRegistrar action to make it potentially easier for an AP
to figure out which ER sent the action should there be multiple ERs
using the same IP address.
2010-09-09 06:07:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
266c828e54 bgscan learn: Fix build
Commit 9ff80a10e8 forgot to include the
new scan variable in the coded copied from bgscan_simple.c. Add that
here to fix the build.
2010-09-09 05:59:06 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
af3e1b0ec2 dbus: Verify WPA/RSN IE parser result before returning data 2010-09-04 22:01:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f5420691e wpa_supplicant AP: Make sure deauth/disassoc event is valid
Verify that the driver wrapper is using a valid deauth/disassoc
event before dereferencing the addr pointer. The address is required
to be set in AP mode, but it is safer to verify this here than to
trust on all driver wrappers doing the correct thing.
2010-09-04 21:50:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a745b7a775 wpa_gui-qt4: Update copyright years to include 2010 2010-09-04 17:39:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17f9f44ed8 Update WinPcap to the latest stable version 4.1.2 2010-09-04 17:37:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c80427d77 NDIS: Fix association for WPS provisioning with protected AP
Some NDIS drivers require a workaround to allow them to associate
with a WPS AP that is already using protection (Privacy field = 1).
Let driver_ndis.c know if the AP is already using Privacy and if so,
configure a dummy WEP key to force the driver to associate.
2010-09-04 13:56:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
687179edb5 Add libgcc_s_dw2-1.dll to the Windows installation package
This seems to be needed for wpa_gui.exe with the new Qt version.
2010-09-04 12:55:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de1267d4eb winreg: Get rid of compiler warning 2010-09-02 13:22:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c703df32d Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks
Commit d8d940b746 broke the logic on
iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed
to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first
configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 12:04:21 +03:00
Masashi Honma
60da5e0f3f Solaris: Add support for wired IEEE 802.1X client
This patch adds support for wired IEEE 802.1X client on the Solaris.

I have tested with these:
OS : OpenSolaris 2009.06
EAP : EAP-MD5
Switch : Cisco Catalyst 2950
2010-08-28 11:40:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ff80a10e8 bgscan learn: Skip immediate scan on initial signal event
The driver is likely to indicate an immediate signal event when the
threshold value is configured. Since we do this immediately after
association, there is not much point in requesting a new scan to be
started based on this event.
2010-08-27 20:30:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1e6ef6455c bgscan simple: Skip immediate scan on initial signal event
The driver is likely to indicate an immediate signal event when the
threshold value is configured. Since we do this immediately after
association, there is not much point in requesting a new scan to be
started based on this event.
2010-08-27 20:29:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8d940b746 Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines
This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block
priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and
also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if
scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength
that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 20:05:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60a972a68d Add current signal strength into signal quality change events 2010-08-27 16:58:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
09f58c0984 Share common code in wpa_supplicant_{disassociate,deauthenticate}() 2010-08-26 13:43:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb0a3c7f96 Cancel authentication timeout on local deauth/disassoc request
Without this, the timeout may be left behind even when we are not
connected and may result in unwanted operation when the timeout
triggers.
2010-08-26 13:39:58 +03:00
Masashi Honma
509a39727f WPS: Fix unused variable warning
The wpa_supplicant compilation without CONFIG_WPS option results in
messages below.

scan.c: In function 'wpa_supplicant_scan':
scan.c:246: warning: unused variable 'wps'

This trivial patch erases this warning.
2010-08-20 09:44:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cd8587fb dbus: Deauthenticate instead of disassociate on disconnect command
This clears up authentication state in the driver and in case of
cfg80211, unlocks the BSS entry for the previously used AP. The
previous commit cf4783e35f changed
only the ctrl_iface DISCONNECT command behavior; this new commit
does the same for D-Bus commands.
2010-08-18 21:27:30 +03:00
Samuel Ortiz
7e26053a2c sme: Check for prev_bssid from sme_event_disassoc
wpa_s->bssid is already cleared by mark_disassoc() when we're getting the
disassociation event for the case where wpa_supplicant requested
disassociation. wpa_s->sme.prev_bssid holds the BSSID we need to check
for, so use that instead.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2010-08-18 21:23:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e75a2b3a6 Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands 2010-08-17 21:04:38 +03:00
Samuel Ortiz
cb1583f64b sme: Try all authentication algorithms when the first one fails
When passing several authentication algorithms through auth_alg, we
should try all of them when the first one fails. The wext driver goes
through the connect nl80211 command and the retries are then handled by
the kernel. The nl80211 doesn't and we have to handle that from
userspace.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2010-08-17 16:39:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
77895cd937 Add a mechanism to insert notes to wpa_supplicant debug log
This can be used to insert information from external programs to the
wpa_supplicant debug log.
2010-08-11 18:07:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3f0f648d7 wpa_cli: Clean up redrawing and filter out BSS added/removed events 2010-08-11 17:58:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24f7694062 Remove get-first-scan-results-before-request optimization
This has already been disabled in most use cases and can result
in problems with some drivers, so better just remove it completely.
2010-07-18 16:11:03 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7124b27f Add some more debug for driver events 2010-07-17 20:33:34 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
5bc0cdb721 Ignore scan results in wpa_supplicant AP mode
This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan
results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could
happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
2010-07-17 20:32:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
979b988ed6 WPS: Do not allow Label and Display config methods to be enabled
It is unclear which PIN is used if both Label and Display config
methods are advertised. Avoid this by not allowing such configuration.
2010-07-17 20:30:49 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
4436274bef SME: Do not skip initial scan request
When SME is in wpa_supplicant (mac80211), we need to make sure that
the kernel code has valid BSS entry for the AP. In some cases it
seemed to be possible to end up not having current information in
cfg80211 or mac80211 which can result to association failures. Avoid
this by always running through the scan request before initial
connection attempt.
2010-07-17 20:28:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
6e3f7173f1 SME: Retry scan after authentication failure
This is needed to avoid getting stuck if driver fails authentication
request for some reason.
2010-07-17 20:27:19 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3f967fe055 Verify that l2_packet is initialized before notification call
It is possible that l2_packet is not used with wpa_supplicant
in some cases, so better make sure we do not end up notifying
l2_packet code about authentications unless it was actually
initialized in the first place.
2010-07-17 20:26:47 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
69a6b47aa0 Fix wpa_supplicant AP mode to ignore EAPOL Supplicant port callback
This is needed to avoid setting EAPOL PAE port status incorrectly
when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode operations.
2010-07-17 20:25:41 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
79614ec55b bgscan learn: Remove forgotten debug printf 2010-07-10 19:59:31 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
3b7442e5fe bgscan learn: Mark BSSes that show up in the same scan as neighbors 2010-07-10 18:33:22 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2e2a8d073d bgscan learn: Probe one new channel at a time to find APs
This allows APs to be found from channels that have not previously
been observed to contain APs for this ESS.
2010-07-10 18:09:41 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
fc480e88bf bgscan learn: Learn BSS information based on previous scans
Store list of all discovered BSSes in the ESS and on which frequencies
they have been seen. Use this information to dynamically generated the
list of channels for background scans.
2010-07-10 17:41:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
2e8d6ae32e bgscan learn: Add data file for storing learned network information 2010-07-10 16:05:31 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c4d71c2505 bgscan: Add starting point for more advanced bgscan module: learn
This is based on the bgscan "simple" module and this initial commit
does not add any new functionality.
2010-07-10 15:55:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
c2594c3677 bgscan: Provide scan results to the notify_scan handler 2010-07-10 15:43:44 -07:00
Sam Leffler
3b038d7968 Fix bgscan stopping after dissassociation
Clear bgscan_ssid on disassoc event so bgscan is initialized the next
time we reach COMPLETED state.
2010-07-10 14:43:48 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
41e650ae5c WPS: Use different scan result sorting rules when doing WPS provisioning
The AP configuration may change after provisioning, so it is better
not to use the current security policy to prioritize results. Instead,
use WPS Selected Registrar attribute as the main sorting key and use
signal strength next without considering security policy or rate sets.
The non-WPS provisioning case remains as-is, i.e., this change applies
only when trying to find an AP for WPS provisioning.
2010-06-11 13:50:13 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f62c2315f7 Show signal level and WPS support in scan results debug dump
This makes it easier to debug AP selection for WPS provisioning.
2010-06-11 13:47:33 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d902a9c1bc Fix scan_runs counting
Addition of the background scanning mechanism in commit
60b94c9819 moved the scan trigger
into a new function that was also incrementing the scan_runs
counter, but the removal of the previous scan_runs incrementation
was forgotten from that patch. This counter should only be updated
into a single location, so remove the old one. This improves AP
selection for WPS provisioning by not skipping some of the initial
scans.
2010-06-11 11:15:16 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
7d6640a62c WPS ER: Add command for configuring an AP
wps_er_config can now be used to configure an AP. It is similar to
wps_er_learn, but instead of only learning the current AP settings,
it continues to send M8 with the new settings for the AP.
2010-05-28 00:01:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3085b8052e WPS ER: Add initial documentation for External Registrar functionality 2010-05-27 15:25:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
15dbf1291a WPS ER: Add ctrl_iface event for learned AP settings 2010-05-27 15:24:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0848668513 WPS ER: Allow AP filtering based on IP address
wps_er_start command now takes an optional parameter that can be used
to configure a filter to only allow UPnP SSDP messages from the
specified IP address. In practice, this limits the WPS ER operations
to a single AP and filters out all other devices in the network.
2010-05-27 15:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cc5995845 Skip D-Bus signals if the dbus_path is not yet set
This avoids an invalid D-Bus call during interface initialization.
The wpa_state change can happen before the D-Bus interface is set up,
so we must be preparted to handle this early event signal. In theory,
it should be possible to reorder initialization code to make sure
D-Bus signals are ready, but that would likely require quite a bit of
code restructuring, so it looks like a safer option for now is to just
skip the early event.
2010-05-23 20:23:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25c226ea45 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_IEEE8021X_EAPOL=y 2010-05-23 12:18:47 +03:00
Masashi Honma
37a86b7b36 Fix: AP mode wpa_supplicant build
The wpa_supplicant compilation with CONFIG_AP option and without
CONFIG_IEEE80211R, CONFIG_WPS, NEED_SME, CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME options
results in following messages.

../src/ap/drv_callbacks.o: In function `hostapd_notif_assoc':
../src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:59: undefined reference to
`ieee802_11_parse_elems'
gmake: *** [wpa_supplicant] Error 1
2010-05-23 12:12:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8401a6b028 Add Linux rfkill support
Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used
to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even
when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g.,
due to rfkill).

Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in
blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill
events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 10:27:32 +03:00
Kel Modderman
1491f8a785 wpa_gui-qt4: Fix network selection
Use regular expression matches to see if input is not the (now translated?)
string "Select any network" and is a "<network id>: <ssid>" string or the
"all" keyword where that is applicable.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2010-05-02 11:17:13 +03:00
Kel Modderman
adc8d4a791 Fix enabling of networks while another network is being used
Enable a network block, even if there is a current configuration, if it
was disabled.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2010-05-02 11:08:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b86f67a29 Add wpa_gui-qt4 translation files into build 2010-04-18 19:15:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4fc387fce8 wpa_gui: lupdate run before release 2010-04-18 19:08:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df9b245e76 wpa_gui: Fix Windows build 2010-04-18 19:06:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be48214d2b Preparations for 0.7.2 release 2010-04-18 18:02:34 +03:00
Masashi Honma
5008cb5e55 Support for Solaris default shell restriction
Some shells (like Solaris default /bin/sh) doesn't allow -e
option for file existence check. Use -f instead.
2010-04-17 17:15:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
74e259ec7c Do not trigger initial scan if there are no enabled networks
This allows wpa_supplicant to be started quickly with an empty
configuration. If an external program wants to fetch scan results
from wpa_supplicant, it will need to request a scan explicitly
in this type of case.
2010-04-16 18:56:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5fbc1f279b Fix get_interfaces() driver call to use correct drv_priv data 2010-04-14 16:38:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20e26395c8 SME: Fix build without 802.11r or WPS 2010-04-12 09:39:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92aaafe6bd .gitignore for generated language files 2010-04-11 23:00:51 +03:00
Stefan Oswald
7c00f6ba86 wpa_gui: Add Qt translator installation and German translation
This takes QTranslator into use and adds a German translation of
wpa_gui.
2010-04-11 22:58:08 +03:00
Stefan Oswald
0d76b1ab5f wpa_gui: Make Status strings visible to linguist
Linguist cannot see the strings coming from wpa_supplicant, so create
a function that translates these to tr() strings inside wpa_gui
source code.
2010-04-11 22:42:02 +03:00
Stefan Oswald
9086fe4466 wpa_gui: Convert strings to use tr() in user-visible text
This is in preparation for allowing wpa_gui to be translated.
2010-04-11 22:35:02 +03:00
Witold Sowa
c56ce48a6f dbus: Add new KeyMgmt interface capabilities
Add "wpa-ft-psk", "wpa-psk-sha256", "wpa-ft-eap" and "wpa-eap-sha256"
possible KeyMgmt values of interface capabilities to fit values in
BSS RSN options dictionary.
2010-04-11 21:37:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0544b24248 Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event
This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to
make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some
race conditions and to what could have been the reason for
disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with
the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 21:25:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c706d5aa17 Add wpa_supplicant AP mode events for Public Action frames 2010-04-11 20:33:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3db190fa2 Started to make set_ap_wps_ie() capable of adding multiple IEs
This mechanism can be used to add various IEs to Beacon and Probe
Response frames and it should be made clear that it is not reserved
only for WPS IE.
2010-04-11 20:16:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f90ceeaabf wpa_supplicant AP mode: Add function for enabling MAC address filtering
This can be used to allow only a specific station to associate.
2010-04-11 20:08:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
48b357a989 Make sure AP interface is initialize before accepting WPS commands 2010-04-11 20:06:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a649c7dda wpa_supplicant AP: More thorough AP mode deinit 2010-04-11 20:03:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
508545f3a9 Add more wpa_supplicant AP mode parameters for the driver wrapper
This makes it easier to configure AP mode for drivers that take care
of WPA/RSN IE generation.
2010-04-11 20:02:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b768ed0b2 Add registerable callback for wpa_supplicant AP mode completion 2010-04-11 19:59:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c4c9c5078 Try to start a new scan more quickly after driver rejection
This speeds up recovery from some cases where the driver may refuse
a new scan request command temporarily.
2010-04-11 19:56:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8cd82735cb Add an option to request a connection without a new scan 2010-04-11 19:55:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64e58f5189 Add option for overriding scan result handler for a single scan 2010-04-11 19:53:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
814782b9fe Allow driver wrappers to indicate maximum remain-on-channel duration 2010-04-11 19:42:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6700a277a9 Avoid dropping ctrl_iface on ENOBUFS error burst
These bursts can result in control interface monitors being detached
even if the external program is still working properly. Use much larger
error threshold for ENOBUFS to avoid this.
2010-04-11 19:29:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf4783e35f Deauthenticate instead of disassociate on disconnect command
This clears up authentication state in the driver and in case of
cfg80211, unlocks the BSS entry for the previously used AP.
2010-04-11 19:27:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3585c8a85 Simplify driver_ops for virtual interface add/remove
There is no absolute requirement for separating address allocation
into separate functions, so simplify the driver wrapper interface
to use just if_add and if_remove instead of adding the new
alloc_interface_addr() and release_interface_addr() functions.

if_add() can now indicate if the driver forced a different interface
name or address on the virtual interface.
2010-04-11 19:23:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
977b11747f Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests
This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent
scanning.
2010-04-11 19:10:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17a4734dc4 Optimize post-WPS scan based on channel used during provisioning
Scan only the frequency that was used during provisioning during the
first five scans for the connection. This speeds up connection in the
most likely case where the AP remains on the same channel. If the AP is
not found after these initial scans, all channels will be scanned.
2010-04-11 19:06:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9efc3f2a4b SME: Handle association without own extra IEs
Need to check for this before calling ieee802_11_parse_elems().
2010-04-11 12:19:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86d4f806da Add ctrl_iface command for triggering a roam to a specific BSS
'wpa_cli roam <bssid>' can now be used to test roaming within an ESS
(e.g., for FT over-the-air). This command will bypass a new scan and
will select the BSS based on the specified BSSID. It is responsibility
of the caller to make sure that the target AP is in the BSS table.
This can be done, e.g., by running a scan before the roam command,
if needed.
2010-04-10 22:56:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7b6c42232 Fix error messages to print ASCII MAC address, not the parse buffer 2010-04-10 22:46:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0d7b44099f SME: Do not try to use FT over-the-air if PTK is not available 2010-04-10 22:39:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7846b6859 FT: Clean up wpa_sm_set_ft_params() by using common parse
Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing
parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association
response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association
response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake
message 2/4.
2010-04-10 11:36:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
579ce77122 FT: Deauthenticate in case of Reassoc Response validation error
If validation of the Reassociation Response frame fails during FT
Protocol, do not allow association to be completed; instead, force
deauthentication.
2010-04-09 16:59:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4ec630d1b FT: Set FT Capability and Policy properly in MDIE during initial MD assoc
This field needs to be copied from the scan results for the AP
per IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 11A.4.2.
2010-04-09 16:41:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76b7981d07 FT: Copy FT Capability and Policy to MDIE from target AP
This sets the FT Capability and Policy field in the MDIE to the values
received from the target AP (if available). This fixes the MDIE contents
during FT Protocol, but the correct value may not yet be used in initial
mobility domain association.
2010-04-09 16:26:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9a27b0455 Fix SME to update WPA/RSN IE for rsn_supp module based on AssocReq
When using wpa_supplicant SME (i.e., using nl80211), the rsn_supp
module was not informed of the WPA/RSN IE that was used in
(Re)Association Request frame. This broke roaming between APs that
use different security policy (e.g., changing between WPA/TKIP and
WPA2/CCMP APs) or when using PMKSA caching.
2010-04-07 10:31:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
32d5295f9d Add a drop_sa command to allow 802.11w testing
This drops PTK and PMK without notifying the AP.
2010-03-29 15:42:04 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e820cf952f MFP: Add MFPR flag into station RSN IE if 802.11w is mandatory 2010-03-29 10:48:01 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
e2f74005f5 bgscan: Add signal strength change events
This allows bgscan modules to use more information to decide on when
to perform background scans. bgscan_simple can now change between
short and long background scan intervals based on signal strength
and in addition, it can trigger immediate scans when the signal
strength is detected to be dropping.

bgscan_simple takes following parameters now:
short interval:signal strength threshold:long interval
For example:
	bgscan="simple:30:-45:300"
2010-03-28 15:32:34 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b625473c6c Add driver command and event for signal strength monitoring 2010-03-28 15:31:04 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
b766a9a293 Add freq_list network configuration parameter
This can be used to limit which frequencies are considered when
selecting a BSS. This is somewhat similar to scan_freq, but will
also affect any scan results regardless of which program triggered
the scan.
2010-03-26 22:45:50 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
62c72d7299 FT: Process reassoc resp FT IEs when using wpa_supplicant SME 2010-03-13 21:13:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a7e7f4e4a FT: Add driver op for marking a STA authenticated
This can be used with FT-over-DS where FT Action frame exchange
triggers transition to State 2 (authenticated) without Authentication
frame exchange.
2010-03-13 18:28:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe1919856c FT: Update SME frequency info before sme_associate() call
This is needed to allow FT-over-DS to request correct channel for
the reassociation with the target AP.
2010-03-13 18:26:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71024cb255 FT: Request reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange 2010-03-13 17:14:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7918ec749 wpa_cli: Improved command parameter tab completion 2010-03-12 19:43:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
037f83eb44 wpa_cli: Fix detach race with forked monitor process
Need to kill the monitor process before running detach command on
the monitor connection to avoid race where the monitor process may
end up getting the detach command result.
2010-03-12 17:34:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd63f314bd wpa_cli: Redisplay readline edit after event messages 2010-03-12 17:24:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
036f7c4aab FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION
Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c);
now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS)
for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame
exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-12 00:43:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4652ce64c wpa_gui: Remove unneeded wpa_ctrl_request() msg_cb 2010-03-07 17:28:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3234cba40e Remove unnecessary ifname parameter to sta_set_flags() driver op 2010-03-07 11:45:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62847751e4 Remove unnecessary ifname parameter from sta_add() driver op 2010-03-07 11:42:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17557ebe30 Remove forgotten ifname parameter from set_beacon() call 2010-03-07 10:04:35 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4c32757d22 hostapd: add ifname to the sta_set_flags callback
This fixes multi-BSS STA operations (e.g., setting AUTHORIZED flag) with
nl80211-based drivers.
2010-03-06 20:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23e2550c0e Remove unneeded CONFIG_EAP comments
These are not needed for WPS builds since CONFIG_WPS=y enables all
the needed EAP components.
2010-03-06 16:40:53 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
aa53509ffe Update priority list after priority change
Despite comments in the wpa_config_update_prio_list(struct wpa_config
*config) telling that it is called "if priority for a network is
changed", it is apparently not.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2010-03-06 11:13:50 +02:00
Kel Modderman
09bd6e8cca wpa_supplicant: fix FTBFS on Debian GNU/kFreeBSD
This patch allows wpa_supplicant to compile on Debian's kfreebsd
architectures.

Patch by Stefan Lippers-Hollmann based on work done by Petr Salinger
and Emmanuel Bouthenot for 0.6.X (http://bugs.debian.org/480572).
2010-03-06 10:16:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3812464cda Add optional scan result filter based on SSID
filter_ssids=1 global configuration parameter can now be used to
enable scan result filtering (with -Dnl80211 only for now) based on
the configured SSIDs. In other words, only the scan results that have
an SSID matching with one of the configured networks are included in the
BSS table. This can be used to reduce memory needs in environments that
have huge number of APs.
2010-03-05 21:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9c38b0996 Make maximum BSS table size configurable
New global configuration parameter bss_max_count can now be used to
change the maximum BSS table size. The old fixed size limit (200) is
used as the default value for this parameter.
2010-03-05 20:20:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac26ebd8b5 Allow roam based on preferred BSSID regardless of signal strength 2010-02-28 11:09:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36d1343a4b Do not inhibit suspend even if wpa_cli command fails
There is no point in inhibiting suspend in case wpa_supplicant is
not running and as such, return success unconditionally from this
script.
2010-02-27 20:03:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
207ef3fb12 Add suspend/resume notifications
wpa_supplicant can now be notified of suspend/resume events, e.g.,
from pm-action scripts. This allows wpa_supplicant to clear information
that may become invalid during a suspend operation.
2010-02-27 18:46:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
be8be6717d Clear current_bss pointer on disassociation/deauthentication
This is needed to allow the BSS table entry for the previously used
BSS to be removed. Now wpa_bss_in_use() can return 0 for the last BSS
that was used as soon as deauthentication/disassociation event has been
received.
2010-02-27 18:40:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
159dd3e28a Add more debug prints to make deauth/disassoc events clearer 2010-02-27 18:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e824cc4648 Use os_snprintf instead of snprintf 2010-02-19 19:14:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94d9bfd59b Rename EAP server source files to avoid duplicate names
This makes it easier to build both EAP peer and server functionality
into the same project with some toolchains.
2010-02-19 18:54:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a2b0b68c Add alloc_interface_addr() drv op option for specifying ifname
Some drivers may need to use a specific ifname for the virtual
interface, so allow them to do this with a new parameter passed
to the alloc_interface_addr() handler.
2010-02-16 19:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbf7855883 wpa_cli: Add option to use child process to receive events
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_WPA_CLI_FORK=y in .config can be used to
configure wpa_cli build to make a version of wpa_cli that forks
a child process to receive event messages. This allows the events
to be shown immediately instead of having to wait for the next
periodic poll with PING.
2010-02-14 16:14:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a3ade4e11 wpa_gui: Use separate ctrl_iface connection for event messages 2010-02-13 21:37:35 +02:00
Kel Modderman
aff5e54d4a wpa_gui-qt4: do not show WPS AP available event tray messages
Do not show WPS event tray messages as they can happen too frequently.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2010-02-13 14:03:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00468b4650 Add TLS client events, server probing, and srv cert matching
This allows external programs (e.g., UI) to get more information
about server certificate chain used during TLS handshake. This can
be used both to automatically probe the authentication server to
figure out most likely network configuration and to get information
about reasons for failed authentications.

The follow new control interface events are used for this:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR

In addition, there is now an option for matching the server certificate
instead of the full certificate chain for cases where a trusted CA is
not configured or even known. This can be used, e.g., by first probing
the network and learning the server certificate hash based on the new
events and then adding a network configuration with the server
certificate hash after user have accepted it. Future connections will
then be allowed as long as the same server certificate is used.

Authentication server probing can be done, e.g., with following
configuration options:
    eap=TTLS PEAP TLS
    identity=""
    ca_cert="probe://"

Example set of control events for this:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STARTED EAP authentication started
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PROPOSED-METHOD vendor=0 method=21
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 21 (TTLS) selected
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT depth=0 subject='/C=US/ST=California/L=San Francisco/CN=Server/emailAddress=server@kir.nu' hash=5a1bc1296205e6fdbe3979728efe3920798885c1c4590b5f90f43222d239ca6a
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR reason=8 depth=0 subject='/C=US/ST=California/L=San Francisco/CN=Server/emailAddress=server@kir.nu' err='Server certificate chain probe'
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-FAILURE EAP authentication failed

Server certificate matching is configured with ca_cert, e.g.:
    ca_cert="hash://server/sha256/5a1bc1296205e6fdbe3979728efe3920798885c1c4590b5f90f43222d239ca6a"

This functionality is currently available only with OpenSSL. Other
TLS libraries (including internal implementation) may be added in
the future.
2010-02-13 11:14:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5674000a3 wpa_gui-qt4: Stop BSS fetch loop on error for Peers dialog
There is no need to continue the loop until the 1000 max BSS limit
if a BSS command fails.
2010-01-24 18:42:45 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
48563d86b2 Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming
When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal
strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently
whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans
requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming
and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network
disconnections.

Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan
results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly
stronger signal strength.
2010-01-24 18:19:50 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
b85e772449 SME: Request a new scan if SME association command fails
This handles some error cases without getting stuck waiting for new
events from the driver if association command fails for any reason.
2010-01-24 18:09:36 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
dff0f701d0 Preparations for v0.7.1 release 2010-01-16 19:04:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e674c063c Update VS 2005 project files with new/removed source files 2010-01-16 18:49:17 +02:00
Witold Sowa
7899e2f42d dbus: Change WPA/RSNIE byte array props to dicts
Expose RSN and WPA properties for BSS objects containing information
about key management and cipher suites. Get rid of WPA/RSN/WPSIE
byte array properties and add IEs byte array property with all IE data
instead.
2010-01-16 16:37:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0906542c Fetch IEs from both Beacon and Probe Response frames if available
This allows the driver wrappers to return two sets of IEs, so that
the BSS code can use information from both Beacon and Probe Response
frames if needed. For example, some Cisco APs seem to include more
information in Wireless Provisioning Services IE when it is in the
Beacon frame.
2010-01-16 16:11:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af47308823 Add deinit_ap driver op to help wpa_supplicant AP mode use 2010-01-16 12:20:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e882899981 Add BSSID to TX/RX Action frame driver ops
This meets better the needs for various Public Action frame use cases.
2010-01-16 12:16:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2e4f66edc Remove completed to-do item 2010-01-16 09:44:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
20766f2007 Make wpa_bss_get_max_rate() a bit more readable with a local variable 2010-01-10 22:53:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a416fb47eb IBSS RSN: Explicitly check addr != NULL before passing it to memcmp
idx == 0 should be enough to make sure that the addr is set, but
verify that this is indeed the case to avoid any potential issues if
auth_set_key() gets called incorrectly.
2010-01-10 21:53:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f9b5d1696 IBSS RSN: Check explicitly that WPA auth sm assoc call succeeded
Verify that association processing did not end up freeing the state
machine. This should not really happen in practice, but better verify
it anyway.
2010-01-10 21:45:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f337f0e950 Remove unnecessary bss != NULL checks from sme_authenticate()
This is already verified in the beginning of the function, so no need
to repeat that multiple times.
2010-01-10 21:31:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b057028cb Fix client MLME test code for IBSS scan request
wpa_s->mlme.ssid is an array so it is always != NULL and this
comparision should really have used ssid_len instead.
2010-01-10 20:41:33 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann
097c5802da dbus: Fix value of BSS Privacy property
Checking for IEEE80211_CAP_PRIVACY needs to use & and not &&.
2010-01-10 18:18:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
728e776c09 Fix alloc validation in wpa_bss_get_bit_rates()
Need to check the value returned by os_malloc(), not the pointer to
this value.
2010-01-09 23:56:09 +02:00
Witold Sowa
8e5568f874 dbus: Change BSS, Network and some errors interface names
Remove ".Interface" part from BSS and Network objects and some
error names.
2010-01-09 11:41:09 +02:00
Masashi Honma
953f0f6333 bsd: Add support for WPA_TRACE and WPA_TRACE_BFD
On FreeBSD 8.0, WPA_TRACE and WPA_TRACE_BFD functionality build fails.
2010-01-09 11:01:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d97572a40f dbus: Add a test script for D-Bus API signals 2010-01-06 21:33:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c91278a5b4 dbus: Do not try to unregister not-yet-registered network object 2010-01-06 21:31:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d58f4a8177 Remove forgotten script termination attempt 2010-01-06 20:23:47 +02:00
Witold Sowa
158c6c7467 dbus: Add BSS property change notifications 2010-01-06 20:03:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3299a8b74 dbus: Fix crash on property change if D-Bus API is disabled 2010-01-06 12:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c195cd507 dbus: Fix prop_changed_flags allocation to count properties correctly
There was an extra semicolon that broke the calculation of registered
properties and resulted in obj_desc->prop_changed_flags not being
allocated long enough for all the flags.
2010-01-06 11:55:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e30020c7ab dbus: Fix flush_object_timeout_handler context to be consistent
The path pointer used as the timeout_ctx was not constant; the path
string itself may have been the same, but the pointer certainly was not
since it was sometimes from stack and sometimes from the dynamically
allocated buffer in obj_desc. This caused some of the eloop timeout
cancellations not to find the timeout. Fix this by using the obj_desc
as the timeout context data.
2010-01-06 11:50:43 +02:00
Witold Sowa
abd7a4e353 dbus: Aggregate PropertiesChanged signals
Instead of sending PropertiesChanged signals for each changed
property separately, mark properties as changed and send aggregated
PropertiesChanged signals for each interface in each object.
Aggregated PropertiesChanged signal is sent
- for all object after responding on DBus call
- for specified object after manual call to
  wpa_dbus_flush_object_changed_properties() function
- for each object separately after short timeout (currently 5 ms)
  which starts when first property in object is marked changed
2010-01-04 17:15:57 +02:00
Witold Sowa
75d328af50 dbus: Change BSS property MaxRate to Rates
Instead of exposing maximum BSS bit rate, expose sorted array
of all supported rates.
2010-01-04 16:52:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58e1452474 dbus: Remove forgotten, unused functions from GetAll script 2010-01-04 16:35:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
777f07b62d dbus: Update example scripts to use PropertiesChanged
The StateChanged signal was removed, to use PropertiesChanged instead.
2010-01-04 16:34:06 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann
27f43d8de5 dbus: Replace StateChanged with PropertiesChanged signal
The actual supplicant state is exposed via a property on the interface
object. So having a separate signal StateChanged for notifying about
changes is a bad idea. The standard PropertiesChanged signal should be
used for this.

The advantage of StateChanged signal was that it includes the previous
state, but not even NetworkManager is making use of this. And tracking
the old state via the property and this signal is easily possible anyway.
2010-01-04 16:33:44 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann
a2753c285f dbus: Use simple strings for debug level
Instead of using some magic integer values that really only mean
something to WPA internal code, just use simple strings. Possible
values are "msgdump", "debug", "info", "warning" and "error" which
map directly to WPA debugging support.
2010-01-04 16:22:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c3a2284de Fix compiler warnings for non-WPS build 2010-01-03 21:21:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abd9fafab6 Standardize on a single definition of auth_alg bitfield values 2010-01-03 21:14:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70f8cc8ec8 Share the same enum for MFP configuration
The three existing enums were already depending on using the same
values in couple of places and it is just simpler to standardize on
one of these to avoid need for mapping between different enums for
the exact same thing.
2010-01-03 21:02:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f9c410c1 Remove src/drivers/scan_helpers.c
Most of this file was already moved into wpa_supplicant/scan.c and
we can remove the file completely by having couple of small helper
functions copied to the remaining users outside core wpa_supplicant
code.
2010-01-03 20:27:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ba9fa07cc Move wpa_supplicant specific scan code away from src/drivers
This fits better in wpa_supplicant/scan.c. Couple of remaining
scan_helpers.c functions are currently used in driver wrappers,
but they can likely be removed in the future.
2010-01-03 18:48:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d041bec84 Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc 2010-01-03 18:22:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e0505bf0 Use driver event, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, for EAPOL frame indication 2010-01-03 17:44:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55777702cd Add driver API functionality for off-channel Action frames
This adds new commands and events for allowing off-channel Action
frame exchanges to be requested. This functionality is not yet used
and is only fully supported by driver_test.c at this point.
driver_nl80211.c has support for the remain-on-channel commands, but
the Action frame TX/RX part is still pending review for the kernel
code and as such, is not yet included here.
2010-01-03 13:57:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bfc47c34f Add driver ops for allocating interface addresses
This adds placeholder code for allowing the virtual interfaces to be
pre-allocated a MAC address before the interface type is known with
drivers that do not handle interface type changes.
2010-01-03 13:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
504e905c6e Add a driver op for enabling Probe Request reporting in station mode 2010-01-03 13:30:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9646a8ab8b Remove unnecessary wpa_event_type typedef 2010-01-03 13:10:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fdbe50ed98 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build after driver API changes 2010-01-03 13:05:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a8b74163e Move struct hostapd_frame_info definition away from driver API
This is internal data structure for hostapd/AP functionality and does
not need to be defined in driver.h.
2010-01-03 12:37:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
245519e0cd Replace wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() call with driver event
Get rid of wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() and add a new driver event that is
marked to be used only with driver_test.c. In addition, remove this
functionality from privsep wrapper. This is only use for client mode
MLME testing with driver_test.c.
2010-01-03 11:50:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d7d57b2dc Use shared function for figuring out if BSS is in use
The BSS that is currently in use must not be freed even if it does
not show up in scan results.
2010-01-03 10:55:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c83b67efd Fix memory corruption on BSS entry reallocation
The wpa_s->bss_id list was being corrupted when the BSS entry needed
to be reallocated due to longer IE data. The entry has to be removed
from all lists before reallocation to avoid this (it was only removed
from the wpa_s->bss list).
2010-01-03 01:25:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f1a90188c dbus: Use free_dbus_object_desc() consistently to free object descriptor 2010-01-03 01:01:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e90bd80cf5 dbus: Remove duplication of object methods/signals/properties
There is no need to duplicate the method/signal/property arrays that
were registered for objects. The registration was using static arrays
on methods/signals/properties in all places and we can as well use
those throughout without having to allocate memory and copy all the
entries for every object. This reduces number of allocations and
amount of unnecessary code quite a bit.
2010-01-03 00:52:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e87bd5478 dbus: Use stack for temporary object path
This is small enough buffer to not require more complex dynamic
allocation for temporary use.
2010-01-02 17:17:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f770587d9 Maintain a pointer to the current BSS table entry 2010-01-02 16:59:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1fd2ce54e Do not store raw scan results
Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for
connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 16:41:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fa81a3b3f Use BSS table entry instead of raw scan result for connection 2010-01-02 16:16:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e48f0fb6a7 Use BSS table for WPA get-Beacon-IEs operation 2010-01-02 15:26:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16b71ac217 Convert ctrl_iface scan_results cmd to use BSS table 2010-01-02 15:19:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9734dc17b6 dbus: Use BSS table instead of raw scan results in older API
Change the old D-Bus API to use the new BSS table instead of raw
scan results.
2010-01-02 15:13:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d923a4acf Only expire scanned BSSes based on new scan results
Get more information about scans when updating BSS table information.
This allows the missing-from-scans expiration rule to work properly
when only partial set of channels or SSIDs are being scanned.
2010-01-02 13:57:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59f2caa925 WPS: Use BSS table instead of raw scan results 2010-01-02 13:36:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88ba1f7213 dbus: Cleaned up signal message construction functions 2010-01-02 12:06:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fff9ab1b2d dbus: Simplify _wpa_dbus_dict_fill_value_from_variant() a bit 2010-01-02 10:59:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97d3f8c3a9 dbus: Share the same function for type to type-as-string conversion 2010-01-02 10:45:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c221499782 dbus: Use common code for checking key parameter
No need to duplicate the check into many functions.
2010-01-02 10:39:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c68b0db5d dbus: Fix WPS ProcessCredentials property setter to use Boolean
The incorrect type used with property setter call did not allow
the property to be modified.
2010-01-01 23:06:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec99cb7b00 dbus: Add debug printing on property setter type mismatches 2010-01-01 23:05:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2fd13f1bae dbus: Set ProcessCredentials to get WPS Credential signal 2010-01-01 23:04:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1701996209 dbus: Add example script for running WPS PBC 2010-01-01 22:34:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8d8c6d02a dbus: Split wpas_dbus_handler_wps_start() into helper functions 2010-01-01 22:33:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db9a76c032 dbus: Fix a typo in function name (invald -> invalid) 2010-01-01 21:52:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f65a5b7598 dbus: Fix init-failure-detection
This was broken in previous cleanup.
2010-01-01 21:30:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ccafcbed32 dbus: Cleaned up initialization and integration with eloop 2010-01-01 21:21:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2b8c674cb dbus: Remove perror() calls
The perror() calls do not make much sense with libdbus functions and
wpa_printf() would really be used for all error printing anyway. In
addition, many of the error messages on out-of-memory cases are not
really of much use, so they were removed. This is also cleaning up
some of the error path handling to avoid duplicated code.
2010-01-01 20:50:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c49cf2d68f dbus: Clean up dbus_path/dbus_new_path use
These cannot be NULL, so there is no point in checking for that. In
addition, the accessor function for this is just making the code harder
to understand.
2010-01-01 19:12:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1912049828 dbus: Get rid of unnecessary string duplication in dbus_path
There is no point in making it so complex to initialize a string
with two allocations and a function call.
2010-01-01 18:56:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52bdd880a3 dbus: Remove wpas_dbus_callbacks abstraction
This callback structure was specific to the new D-Bus API which makes
it more or less pointless. It is just simpler to call the notification
functions directly. More proper design could be to use a generic
mechanism for registering notification callbacks into notify.c, but
that is not yet available and should not be designed just based on a
single user.
2010-01-01 18:45:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bad0dc3c0c dbus: Do not include libdbus dbus/dbus.h into dbus_{old,new}.h
These header files are included outside the dbus subdirectory and there
is not really any need to force the libdbus dbus/dbus.h header file to
be included into these files.
2010-01-01 18:20:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36b5c6871c dbus: Move the SIGPOLL FreeBSD compat code into dbus_common.c
No point in storing this in header files anymore since SIGPOLL is only
used in dbus_common.c.
2010-01-01 18:16:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00a4784d24 dbus: Get rid of unused static inline functions 2010-01-01 18:14:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d316584c6a dbus: Optimize introspection to use single pass for interfaces
There is no need to go through methods, signals, and properties in
two loops and only collect interfaces in the first run. Get rid of
unnecessary CPU use by generating the XML data for interfaces with
a single pass.
2010-01-01 18:08:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce4f7fdbdd dbus: Get rid of libxml2 dependency with introspection
The XML used in D-Bus introspection is simple and there is no need to use
libxml2 to generate it. This gets rid of the dependency on the large
library by using internal XML generation.
2010-01-01 17:51:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21e338a860 dbus: Split extract_interfaces() into helper functions 2010-01-01 15:50:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de7a79ceb6 dbus: Cleanup and fix loops
Simpler to use for loops instead of handling next pointer selection
in all places. In addition, couple of functions could have ended up
in an infinite loop on error path since the pointer update was missed.
2010-01-01 14:25:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4292b01322 dbus: Use strdup instead of malloc+strncpy 2010-01-01 14:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04551ee6d6 dbus: Move introspection support into a separate file 2010-01-01 14:03:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64bde6d730 dbus: Use CONFIG_DBUS instead of old||new 2010-01-01 13:26:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
094e9ea1d7 dbus: Remove unnecessary ifdef CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW
This header file is only included if the new D-Bus API is enabled.
2010-01-01 13:18:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7f7d231a4 dbus: Fix example get-list-of-interfaces operation 2010-01-01 13:16:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70993cd8e2 dbus: Update example script to use the new API 2010-01-01 13:10:09 +02:00
Witold Sowa
db9133acb2 dbus: Divide DebugParams property to three separate properties 2010-01-01 13:00:22 +02:00
Witold Sowa
b7e8feec68 dbus: Rename InterfaceCreated to InterfaceAdded
Change signal name to the one defined in documentation and
introspection data.
2010-01-01 12:49:27 +02:00
Witold Sowa
e376f1193b dbus: Add second properties arg to *Added signals
Add a dictionary argument containing all properties of the newly added
object to BSSAdded, NetworkAdded, and InterfaceAdded signals.
2010-01-01 12:47:59 +02:00
Witold Sowa
58605c6e61 dbus: Replace BSS 'Properties' property with separate properties
In addition, remove Quality and Noise properties since the BSS table
is not the correct place for fetching per-channel information (Noise)
and Quality is not well-defined (nor available from many drivers).
2010-01-01 12:28:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21e210fc99 dbus: Fix get_all_properties() to handle NULL return from getter
This needs to avoid trying to add the NULL entry into the D-Bus
message since libdbus will make the program terminate in such a case.
2010-01-01 12:27:10 +02:00
Witold Sowa
fcea0b7d1d dbus: Add generic properties getter and setter 2010-01-01 11:56:56 +02:00
Witold Sowa
1fa5995b51 dbus: Define priv argument for object rather than for method
We don't actually need to define separate user_data argument for
each method handler and property getter/setter. Instead, we can define
one argument for the whole object. That will make it easier to register
objects like BSS or Networks which require allocating and freeing
memory for their arguments.
2010-01-01 11:33:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d84c8f1413 dbus: Add example script for fetching all properties with Getall 2010-01-01 11:00:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bacfd05fe5 dbus: Rename old D-Bus API files to include "_old"
This makes it easier to figure out which file is used by which
D-Bus interface.
2009-12-31 21:55:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26e054ce6b dbus: Do not deinitialize new D-Bus API if it is not initialized
This fixes a crash on error path when D-Bus initialization fails.
2009-12-31 21:50:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ddef94bd4 dbus: Share common initialization code for both old and new interface
This was mostly identical code that had been copied for the new D-Bus
API implementation and as such, should really have been shared from
the beginning. In addition, the copied code ended up generating
interesting stack traces since the actual D-Bus connection was being
shared even though the pointer to it was stored in two distinct
data structures. The old D-Bus code ended up dispatching some
D-Bus callbacks which ended up running the new D-Bus code.

Since the private context pointers were mostly identical, everything
seemed to more or less work, but this design was just making things
more complex and potentially very easy to break.
2009-12-31 00:15:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0474686514 Fix couple of memory leaks in wpa_config_get_all() 2009-12-30 22:37:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1179cb834d wpa_gui-qt4: Update BSS entries in Peers dialog dynamically
Use the new BSS added/removed events to add/remove BSS (AP) entries
in the Peers dialog.
2009-12-30 22:18:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba96adb65f dbus: Verify dbus_message_new_method_return() return value before use 2009-12-29 23:46:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e56d18993 dbus: Fix D-Bus network and BSS object registration/unregistration
Do not try to unregister BSS objects twice (the latter one with invalid
path) and make sure all network objects get added and removed properly
(the ones read from configuration file were not being registered, but
were tried to be unregistered).
2009-12-29 22:17:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2f5126941 WPS: Add Enrollee-seen event message and wpa_gui-qt4 Peers entry
This can be used to show active Enrollees in AP mode to make it
easier to provision a new device.
2009-12-28 16:24:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7e5436502 WPS: Clear SSID selection if more than one BSSID match is found
Need to use wildcard SSID matching for WPS connection if the same
BSSID occurs multiple time in scan results since any of the SSIDs
may be used.
2009-12-28 16:07:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7dcba70bc Define struct wpa_ssid::mode as an enum with more readable values 2009-12-28 16:00:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd1af96ad1 Add [ESS] flag for scan/BSS info from ctrl_iface 2009-12-28 13:35:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d009a9dac6 Add scan parameter support for client MLME 2009-12-28 13:34:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4832ecd754 Add an option for driver wrappers to report operational frequency 2009-12-28 13:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d566f4152f Fix wpa_cli with libreadline and WPA_TRACE to use consistent alloc
Need to use strdup(), not os_strdup() here since the readline/fgets
result needs to use same style for memory allocation to avoid WPA_TRACE
errors.
2009-12-28 12:13:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5fc8c8ce5 Fix crash on BSS deinit getting called before BSS init 2009-12-28 12:11:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34359a3fb1 Include BSS table unconditionally in the wpa_supplicant build
This will allow more cleanup to be done for scan results processing
since all code can now be made to depend on the BSS table instead of
the temporary scan results.

Once remaining code has been converted to use the BSS table, the new
scan results can be freed immediately after the BSS table has been
updated. In addition, filtering of BSS information should be added
to better support systems with limited resources. For now, memory
use can be limited by defining WPA_BSS_MAX_COUNT to be smaller.
Anyway, better filtering of results to only the configured networks
should be added to improve this.
2009-12-28 01:14:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ccd286d025 dbus: Use the new BSS table with the new D-Bus API
Replace the scan results -based implementation with the use of information
from the new BSS table maintained by wpa_supplicant to get a more stable
source of BSS data. Change the use of BSSID as the key for the BSS object
to use the BSS table unique identifier so that multi-SSID APs can be
handled properly.
2009-12-28 01:10:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99a6a63f25 Add wpa_bss_get_max_rate() to match with old scan_res helpers 2009-12-28 01:09:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
332d630a44 Use wpa_msg_ctrl() for WPS AP available events
No need to include these MSG_INFO level events in stdout/syslog,
so deliver them only to ctrl_iface monitors.
2009-12-28 00:44:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0d126d339 Add ctrl_iface events for BSS added/removed 2009-12-28 00:42:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a06863296 Change BSS ctrl_iface command to use BSS table instead of scan results
In addition, provide another option for iterating through the BSS
entries. The old iteration: "BSS 0", "BSS 1", .. with index number.
The new iteration: "BSS FIRST", "BSS NEXT-<prev id>", .. with id
fetched from the previous output (id=<id> line).
2009-12-28 00:33:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4bf8f132a Add BSS list sorted by id and add some helper functions
This allows the BSS list to be iterated in order of increasing id
to avoid problems with new scans reordering entries. The order on the
wpa_s->bss list changes with most recently updated entries being moved
to the tail of the list while wpa_s->bss_id list maintains its order
with new entries being added to the tail and old entries being removed
when they expire.
2009-12-28 00:30:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9df730b03 Add handling of BSSAdded and BSSRemoved events 2009-12-27 21:42:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58c26600ca Fix wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_AP=y 2009-12-27 21:33:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7c4783379 Split hostapd_interface_deinit() into deinit and free parts
This allows the driver interface to be deinitialized before
struct hostapd_data instance gets freed. This needs to be done so
that the driver wrapper does not maintain a context pointer to
freed memory.
2009-12-27 21:31:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
83922c2d34 Add BSS table to track scan results without dropping information
Collect information from scan results into a BSS table that will not
expire information as quickly as scan results where every new scan,
no matter for how limited set of channels/SSIDs, clears all old
information.

For now, this is only used for D-Bus BSS added/removed notifications,
but this will likely be extended to be used internally instead of the
scan results to better support partial scans.
2009-12-27 21:07:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a464ff86e dbus: Split message_handler() into readable helper functions 2009-12-26 21:27:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55fc1ce024 dbus: Add an example python script for using the new dbus interface
This has example code for fetching and interface object and optionally
creating a new interface is one is not found. After that, a scan is
requested and the script continues to listed for signals from
wpa_supplicant and print information about scan results and state
changes.
2009-12-26 18:41:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fae3a72f93 dbus: Remove unnecessary indentation by cleaning up if/else structure 2009-12-26 17:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d401b48f3c dbus: split wpas_dbus_handler_scan() into number of helper functions
Make this code readable by splitting it into pieces and fix couple of
emmory leaks on error paths.
2009-12-26 17:06:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d114fcabbf dbus: Fix build without os_free available as a pointer
Need to add a wrapper function to be able to handle the need for
having a function pointer for freeing function for dbus use.
2009-12-26 16:20:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac68f031a7 dbus: Fix Scan invalid args reporting (uninitialize variable)
Must initialize key to be NULL since it can be used in an error
message. If the Scan method did not actually include any dict entries,
the uninitialized pointer was used and this could result in
wpa_supplicant crashing.
2009-12-26 14:37:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
833fe95eb1 dbus: show messages in debug log 2009-12-26 14:14:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
376900708a dbus: Check that wpa_s->scan_res != NULL before dereferencing it 2009-12-26 13:55:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ee055b3c0 Indicate interface removal only if the interface was added successfully 2009-12-26 13:45:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f00ad446e dbus: Fix wpa_supplicant_add_iface() calls
Removed the hack that used typecast to get rid of const by using local
variables that are allocated and freed. Fix couple of memory leaks
and check that the required Ifname parameter is included.
2009-12-26 13:36:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a646086d51 dbus: Use os_*() wrappers for memory allocations consistently
This is needed to avoid bogus WPA_TRACE error reports.
2009-12-26 12:29:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
719347511a Get rid of unnecessary typedefs for enums. 2009-12-26 10:35:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6226e38d00 Rename some src/ap files to avoid duplicate file names
Doxygen and some build tools may get a bit confused about same file
name being used in different directories. Clean this up a bit by
renaming some of the duplicated file names in src/ap.
2009-12-26 00:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b56c26c40 Get rid of direct hostapd_for_each_interface() calls
src/ap/*.c must not call functions in hostapd or wpa_supplicant
directories directly, so avoid this by using a callback function
pointer.
2009-12-25 20:12:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70db2ab308 Move rest of the generic AP mode functionality into src/ap 2009-12-25 20:06:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a911a6e61f Do not use virtual driver_ops for wpa_supplicant AP mode
Initialize struct hostapd_data driver context with the same driver
information that was initialized earlier during wpa_supplicant start.
This allows the AP mode operations to be completed directly with the
same calls in AP code without having to maintain a separate translation
layer between the AP and station mode driver context.
2009-12-25 19:47:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c5fe31fe8 Move driver deinitialization away from hostapd.c
This matches with the earlier change of moving driver initialization
and allows more control on how the driver context is managed.
2009-12-25 18:32:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c442055ecf Move WPA authenticator glue code into a separate file 2009-12-25 14:02:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2586bc64d0 Move authentication server setup into separate file 2009-12-25 13:43:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e2d35c614 Move ctrl_iface_ap.c into src/ap 2009-12-25 12:25:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e5f2b59c7e Move hostapd driver initialization away from hostapd.c
This makes it easier to customize AP mode initialization for
wpa_supplicant.
2009-12-25 12:21:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
363b9e6052 Fix wpa_supplicant CONFIG_AP build 2009-12-25 12:06:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32da61d9c9 Move wps_hostapd.c into src/ap 2009-12-25 01:26:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1057d78eb8 Move generic AP functionality implementation into src/ap
This code can be shared by both hostapd and wpa_supplicant and this
is an initial step in getting the generic code moved to be under the
src directories. Couple of generic files still remain under the
hostapd directory due to direct dependencies to files there. Once the
dependencies have been removed, they will also be moved to the src/ap
directory to allow wpa_supplicant to be built without requiring anything
from the hostapd directory.
2009-12-25 01:12:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf65bc638f hostapd: Use separate driver operations abstraction
It would be bettet to avoid including driver_i.h, i.e., direct driver
operation calls from hostapd components. This is an initial step in
that direction for WPS IE updates.
2009-12-24 16:15:22 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
fbbfcbac29 hostapd: Add WDS (4-address frame) mode with per-station interfaces
This mode allows associated stations to use 4-address frames to allow
layer 2 bridging to be used. At least for the time being, this is only
supported with driver=nl80211.
2009-12-24 11:46:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09e47a0768 Convert to use struct dl_list 2009-12-23 23:56:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96603e4fe1 Comment CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y out by default 2009-12-23 23:20:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5b9337fc8 Avoid NULL dereference on error path when default driver is used 2009-12-23 23:16:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
094393b144 Copy config_methods and device_type configuration for AP mode 2009-12-21 16:10:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0e4dd9eeb WPS: Make Config Methods configurable for wpa_supplicant
This adds config_methods configuration option for wpa_supplicant
following the design used in hostapd. In addition, the string is
now parsed in common code from src/wps/wps_common.c and the list
of configurable methods include all the defined methods from
WPS 1.0h spec.
2009-12-21 15:59:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1078126f64 Add "keypad" to config methods for wpa_supplicant AP mode with WPS 2009-12-21 11:51:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b22b41ee87 Describe tracing build options for developers 2009-12-20 23:41:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f7d965b8 Add option libbfd support for tracing code
CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y and CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y can now be used to get
even more complete symbols (func/file/line and inline functions) for
backtraces.
2009-12-20 23:35:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d59e14c58 dbus: Fix build with "ctrl_iface_" prefix removed 2009-12-20 21:34:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a206a29a54 dbus: Remove the confusing "ctrl_iface_" prefix from file names
The D-Bus interface does not really have anything to do with the
wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface interface and as such, this prefix in
dbus files is both confusing and unnecessarily. Make the file names
shorter by removing this prefix.
2009-12-20 21:11:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36da1358bc dbus: Move some of conditional WPS code into separate files 2009-12-20 21:04:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8c481c10a dbus: Remove unnecessary CONFIG_WPS ifdefs from header files 2009-12-20 20:40:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb3b34ceea dbus: Clean dbus build files on wpa_supplicant 'make clean'
In addition, add preliminary build rules for build libwpadbus.a.
2009-12-20 20:29:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
926ab7e6a0 dbus: Rename .service file to use the service name as the file name 2009-12-20 20:15:40 +02:00
Witold Sowa
65bea134ad dbus: Add missing .service file for the new D-Bus API 2009-12-20 20:14:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19b3211d19 Move D-Bus related files into their own subdirectory 2009-12-20 20:11:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94c3e91fc5 Add empty FIPS PRF wrapper for CryptoAPI 2009-12-20 18:14:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a1bf008cb WPS ER: Delay wpa_supplicant termination to allow unsubscription
Instead of forcefully deinitializing ER immediately, give it some
time to complete unsubscription and call eloop_terminate() only once
ER code has completed its work.
2009-12-19 23:47:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a24eb8424b Free readline() output with free(), not os_free() 2009-12-19 22:01:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb4baa688b Add memory allocation analyzer to verify OS wrapper use
WPA_TRACE=y builds will now verify that memory allocation in done
consistently using os_{zalloc,malloc,realloc,strdup,free} (i.e., no
mixing of os_* functions and unwrapper functions). In addition, some
common memory allocation issues (double-free, memory leaks, etc.) are
detected automatically.
2009-12-19 21:47:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0456ea16d8 eloop: Remove global user data pointer
This is not really needed since all signal handlers can use a context
pointer provided during signal handler registration.
2009-12-19 19:22:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9969e5a46a Make hostapd_for_each_interface() take context pointer as argument
This removes need for using eloop_get_user_data().
2009-12-19 19:07:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
930f704aac Add backtrace support for debugging
WPA_TRACE=y can now be used to enable internal backtrace support that
will provide more details about implementation errors, e.g., when some
resources are not released correctly. In addition, this will print out
a backtrace automatically if SIGSEGV is received.
2009-12-19 18:40:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5d4a8ead4 eapol_test: Fix build after RADIUS msg API changes 2009-12-19 18:40:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e7245bdb4 Change radius_msg_free() to free the buffer
Since all callers were freeing the buffer immediately anyway, move
this operation into radius_msg_free() to reduce code size.
2009-12-19 16:34:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2e6100c16 Fix xcode build (eap_register.c needs to be included) 2009-12-18 21:58:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e15e529eb Show current mode (station/AB/IBSS) in status 2009-12-16 16:02:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c302f20740 Initialize new_connection = 1 to fix wpa_supplicant AP mode operstate
When setting up an AP with wpa_supplicant, the initial connection was
not necessarily setting oper state from DORMANT to UP which would be
blocking normal data frames. Fix this by initializing new_connection
to 1 so that even the first change to COMPLETED state will end up
setting oper state.
2009-12-15 13:17:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b57e086cc1 Mark management frame processing functions to use const buffer 2009-12-13 23:25:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba091c06c5 Mark ieee802_11_parse_elems() input and parsed elems const
In addition, re-order IE pointers and u8 length so that the shorter
length fields are together to allow compiler to optimize structure size.
2009-12-13 23:11:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b1f69561 Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting
Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(),
hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and
hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events
EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT.

This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent
on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 23:05:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac7043f265 Fix VS project files to match with source code file changes 2009-12-13 21:01:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50b5bf4eda Remove obsolete Prism54.org driver support (driver_prism54.c)
The Prism54.org project seems have been dead for a while and it does not
look like this driver would ever be maintained again. Furthermore, it is
difficult to find a version that would work with the driver_prism54.c
wrapper and there is another driver for these card in the Linux kernel
tree.

The hostapd integration in driver_prism54.c is quite different from the
other driver wrappers and would require major effort to get it cleaned
up. Since there does not seem to be any real users for the cleaned up
version, there does not seem to be justification to spend this effort on
the wrapper. This old code is making it much more difficult to clean up
the driver interface and at this point, the best option seems to be to
remove the driver wrappers. Should someone really still need this, the
old code will continue to be available in hostapd 0.6.x.
2009-12-12 20:52:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e683ceeb4 WPS: Handle Selected Registrar as a union of info from all Registrars
Instead of using the latest selected registrar change, collect selected
registrar information separately from all registrars and use the union
of this information when building the WPS IE for Beacon and Probe
Response frames.

Note: SetSelectedRegistrar UPnP action does not include a unique
identifier, so the ER matching routine is based only on the IP address
of the ER. In theory, there could be multiple ERs using the same IP
address (but different port or URL), so there may be some corner cases
that would not always match the correct ER entry at the AP. Anyway, this
is not really expected to occur in normal use cases and even if it did
happen, the selected registrar information is not any worse than it was
before when only the last change from any registrar for being
advertized.
2009-12-12 16:54:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1a853438f WPS: Add display and keypad config methods for WPS ER 2009-12-12 16:49:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50ceddcfd6 Fix dh_groups.o build for some configurations
Need to include dh_groups.o in the build even if not all DH groups
are included. Only internal crypto build case was doing this properly.
2009-12-11 17:24:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb7842aa51 Remove struct hostapd_rate_data from driver API
In addition to the bitrate, the only other variable in this structure
is used internally in hostapd. Move this structure into hostapd.h and
make the driver API use simpler data structure (array of bitrates).
2009-12-09 21:57:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
803a811b73 Add support for building IEEE 802.11n support into wpa_supplicant AP 2009-12-06 19:50:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bed4d57488 Fix some issues with test program builds 2009-12-06 18:30:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
655702f38d Move test_x509v3 into the new tests subdirectory 2009-12-06 18:10:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b282c3951 Remove forgotten asn1_test build target
This is now in tests/Makefile.
2009-12-06 17:57:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74784010af Remove conditional no-RADIUS build from src/radius
Make it responsibility of the src/radius user to handle conditional
build rules.
2009-12-06 17:53:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a70777868 Remove unneeded CONFIG_INTERNAL_X509 and NEED_SHA256 defines 2009-12-06 16:19:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
be473f3f09 Split crypto_internal.c into parts to clean up build
This makes it easier to make src/libcrypto.a and only link in
code that is really used.
2009-12-06 14:37:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
127608152e Move EAP method registration away from src/eap_{peer,server}
This makes it easier to make a library out of EAP methods without
losing possiblity of binary size optimization by linker dropping
unreferenced code.
2009-12-06 11:28:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d106f21aa Remove unnecessary defines
The following defines are not really needed in most places, so
remove them to clean up source code and build scripts:
EAP_TLS_FUNCS
EAP_TLS_OPENSSL
EAP_TLS_GNUTLS
CONFIG_TLS_INTERNAL
2009-12-05 22:51:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8cf3ce6a6 Move more tests from wpa_supplicant/tests into tests 2009-12-05 22:25:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
668562d5fb Move MD4 test from wpa_supplicant/tests into tests 2009-12-05 22:11:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43df4cc2ca Move milenage.[ch] into src/crypto 2009-12-05 21:00:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a486c0c72a IBSS RSN: Add more verbose debug info for key setup 2009-12-04 22:55:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c972abb66 IBSS RSN: Wait for connection event and do not use auth timeout
Wait for connection (IBSS join completed) event before marking state
completed. In addition, do not use the station mode authentication
timeout since that can trigger full disconnection from IBSS when
there is a timeout with just one of the peers.
2009-12-04 22:09:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e379654b0 SME: Do not process disassoc frame unless SME is used
This avoids an infinite loop with driver_test.c when using IBSS.
2009-12-04 21:44:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3680a5dbbf Fix build with both CONFIG_AP=y and CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y enabled 2009-12-04 21:34:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cc4d64bf2 nl80211: Add support for IBSS networks 2009-12-04 00:15:32 +02:00
Witold Sowa
85d3f273df dbus: switch dbus APIs initialization order
Initialize the new DBus API before the old one, so new applications
which can use both, the old and the new API will be notified first
that new API is available.
2009-12-03 21:17:49 +02:00
Witold Sowa
a5717c957c dbus: Enable -u option when only the new DBus API is included 2009-12-03 21:12:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3dee308178 Fix wpa_priv compilation after driver_ops changes 2009-12-03 21:03:58 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4e2225a520 Fix wpa_priv memory leak in wpa_priv_get_scan_results2()
I suspect that new scan results format demands more complex free
procedure.
2009-12-03 20:59:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a84ed99ee4 SME: Deauthenticate to clear state after disassociation events
cfg80211/mac80211 can get into somewhat confused state if the AP only
disassociates us and leaves us in authenticated state. For now, force
the state to be cleared with deauthentication to avoid confusing errors
if we try to associate with the AP again. This gets rid of 30 second
delay (scan timeout) in cases where only a disassociation frame is
received from the AP.
2009-12-02 17:26:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8222ae38c Fix driver initialization not to crash if driver does not use init2()
8a5ab9f5e5 fixed global driver context
for init2(), but it also broke driver initialization with driver
wrappers that do not use init2().. Fix this by setting wpa_s->global
before it gets dereferenced.
2009-12-02 16:43:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03da66bd59 Remove src/crypto from default include path
In addition, start ordering header file includes to be in more
consistent order: system header files, src/utils, src/*, same
directory as the *.c file.
2009-11-29 23:04:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
281c950be4 Move EAPOL authenticator state machine into src/eapol_auth
This is now completely independent from hostapd-specific code, so
it can be moved to be under the src tree.
2009-11-29 20:03:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea038e0da4 Fix IBSS RSN build 2009-11-29 18:31:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3acb50056c Remove src/rsn_supp from default header path 2009-11-29 18:28:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90973fb2fd Remove src/common from default header file path
This makes it clearer which files are including header from src/common.
Some of these cases should probably be cleaned up in the future not to
do that.

In addition, src/common/nl80211_copy.h and wireless_copy.h were moved
into src/drivers since they are only used by driver wrappers and do not
need to live in src/common.
2009-11-29 17:51:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ae9318536 Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts
This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by
doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the
src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 17:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41fa8a892f Remove old wpa_supplicant/hostapd doxygen files 2009-11-28 21:24:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a5ab9f5e5 Fix init2() driver_ops to get the correct global driver context
Need to provide the private driver context, not the wpa_supplicant
global context, in init2() call.
2009-11-28 18:11:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed45947e9b WPS: Update couple of missed Primary Device Type uses 2009-11-26 11:54:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96750ea5e5 WPS: Clean up Primary Device Type handling
Use shared functions for converting Primary Device Type between binary
and string formats. In addition, use array of eight octets instead of a
specific structure with multiple fields to reduce code complexity.
2009-11-26 11:39:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73d0ad78c8 Fix internal crypto build with some configurations
crypto_internal.c requires both aes-internal-enc.o and
aes-internal-dec.o, so make sure they get included in the build when
using internal crypto.
2009-11-24 10:24:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec8d20187d Remove obsoleted get_scan_results() driver_ops
This has now been replaced with get_scan_results2() in every
in-tree driver.
2009-11-23 21:33:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2e8d0a092 Remove deprecated scan and set_probe_req_ie driver_ops
These have been replaced with scan2 driver_ops that provides all
parameters in a single call.
2009-11-23 21:13:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a867032ae Remove deprecated driver_ops handlers
This gets rid of previously deprecated driver_ops handlers set_wpa,
set_drop_unencrypted, set_auth_alg, set_mode. The same functionality
can be achieved by using the init/deinit/associate handlers.
2009-11-23 20:22:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
331c12086f Fix CONFIG_AP=y build after driver_ops set_key merge 2009-11-23 17:15:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e90bba4c59 Add cleared deprecation notes on iwl,ndiswrapper,madwifi(sta) wrappers
These driver wrappers should not be used anymore; WEXT should be used
instead. However, there may still be users stuck on older kernel versions
that may require driver specific wrappers, so the source code still
remains in the repository.
2009-11-23 17:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
642187d6bf Merge set_key and hapd_set_key driver_ops into a single function 2009-11-23 16:58:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d994a9b54e Move definitions away from hostapd_defs.h
Clean up definitions to reduce need to include header files from the
hostapd directory into files under the src subdirectories.
2009-11-23 16:14:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d67487244 Merge set_beacon driver_ops into a single one
Clean up driver interface by merging hostapd and wpa_supplicant
specific set_beacon driver_ops into a single one. In addition,
merge set_beacon_int into to the same operation.
2009-11-23 15:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
224f7bda79 Preparations for v0.7.0 release 2009-11-21 22:49:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
247500cab7 Fix Visual Studio projects to match with source code file changes 2009-11-21 21:56:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56360b16dc Update ChangeLog files for 0.7.0 release 2009-11-21 21:53:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19019a84a2 wpa_gui: Only move to WPS tab if inactive/disconnect and AP ready
This removes many of the cases where moving to the WPS tab can be
undesired. It is really only useful if we are not currently connected
and there is an AP available that would likely be able to provide us
network connectivity with use of WPS (active PBC more or selected
registrar set).
2009-11-21 20:52:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d914f78880 wpa_gui: Add peers menu option for learning AP configuration (ER) 2009-11-21 18:26:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec72bd0c77 WPS ER: Move SSDP functionality into a separate file 2009-11-21 17:26:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6211fbb2e wpa_gui: Add peer dialog option for WPS PBC
Use advertised configuration methods to determine whether WPS PBC
and/or PIN methods should be allowed.
2009-11-21 17:06:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
175bba7986 wpa_gui: Add WPS config methods and device password ID into peer data 2009-11-21 16:47:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c6c0cb0aa wpa_gui: Move peer tooltip into Properties dialog
Clean up the peer dialog information to be more user friendly. Only
show the device type in the tooltip and move the verbose details into
a separate area in a new Properties dialog. The new dialog will also
show some of the standard fields with titles to make them easier to
read.
2009-11-21 15:01:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e694b34474 WPS ER: Add more AP information into the ctrl_interface message
This allow wpa_gui to show AP BSSID, WPS State (configured/unconfigured),
and primary device type.
2009-11-21 13:34:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3f371cabf WPS ER: Refresh ER data on WPS_ER_START when already started
This sends out the AP and Enrollee notifications for all tracked
devices and generates a new SSDP search to find more APs.
2009-11-20 21:57:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3c6598fcd Add 'none' driver as an option for wpa_supplicant
This can be used, e.g., with WPS ER when no network interface is
actually used for IEEE 802.1X or wireless operations.
2009-11-20 21:12:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da87d6f8b5 wpa_gui: Avoid using freed item in enter_pin()
The Enrollee entry may be deleted while the PIN query dialog is open.
To avoid crashing on using freed entry, copy the needed data into
local variables before and use the local data after the PIN dialog
has been closed.
2009-11-19 21:12:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1949f53481 wpa_gui: Add AP and laptop icons for peer dialog
The peer entries are now using different icons based on their type. As
a starting point, a separate AP and laptop icons are used. More icons may
be added in the future to mark different device types (e.g., based on
primary device type information from WPS).
2009-11-19 21:03:25 +02:00
Mike Shepherd
720e23b2ae wpa_gui: Add support for multiple icon files 2009-11-19 20:49:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f089e7ff8 wpa_gui: Add preliminary WPS ER support into the peers dialog 2009-11-19 20:28:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62fa124ce2 nl80211/SME: Use reassociation when roaming within the ESS 2009-11-17 19:25:05 +02:00
Anders Aspegren Søndergaard
3fd2a226f9 wpa_supplicant: Fix ctrl_interface group permissions to allow read/execute
When using umask 0077, the control interface directory was left without
group read/execute permissions even if the configuration file explicitly
asked for the group to be allowed to access the control interface. Fix
this by adding read/execute permissions for group if a specific group is
defined in the configuration. [Bug 199]
2009-11-16 16:43:25 +02:00
Witold Sowa
bd4ce06629 dbus: Allow only root to receive signals
Change the dbus policy file to only allow root applications to receive
signals from wpa_supplicant. This keeps WPS Credentials data secret
from non-root listeners.
2009-11-16 13:25:51 +02:00
Christian Rüb
1545457e04 wpa_gui-qt4: Fix build with Session Manager disabled in Qt4
When trying to build wpa_gui (Qt4 version) from openembedded it fails
because Qt4 is compiled without session manager and thus wpa_gui fails
to compile.

I attached a patch, that enables compiling without Session Manager (via
preprocessor) if it is not compiled into Qt4; otherwise, it behaves as
it does right now.

I checked to build on my host (Debian unstable, Session Manager
enabled) and openembedded (Session Manager disabled).
2009-11-16 13:20:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6b6307853 WPS ER: Deinit ER before WPS registrar/context
ER code may still touch WPS registrar/context during deinit, so better
do that before freeing the other WPS components.
2009-11-15 22:52:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e64dcfd54b WPS ER: Add command for fetching current AP settings 2009-11-15 22:27:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
564cd7fa2c WPS ER: Add preliminary PBC support
This will need some additional code in wps_er_pbc() to handle PBC mode
enabling for a single AP only. For now, this can only be expected to work
when the ER is connected to a single AP.
2009-11-15 18:46:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b78bc3a37e WPS ER: Add ctrl_iface notifications for AP/Enrollee add/remove 2009-11-15 12:07:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b61515c26 dbus: Use method/property/signal handler arrays for registration
Clean up registration of large number of dbus method/property/signal
handlers by using arrays containing all the information needed to call
the registration functions.
2009-11-14 18:18:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
485ec2ae48 dbus: Remove duplicated error printing from registration
wpa_dbus_{method,property,signal}_register() are now taking care of
error printing, so no need to duplicate the same code everywhere.
2009-11-14 17:06:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ae7b192f9 dbus: Split wpas_dbus_ctrl_iface_init() into helper functions
Clean up the method/property/signal registration code by using short
helper functions with the argument table near the registration call.
2009-11-14 16:57:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3864e6ea83 dbus: Minor coding style cleanup 2009-11-14 16:02:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17efbfac21 dbus: Fix some of the function comment typos 2009-11-14 15:57:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72df2f5fc6 WPS ER: Add PIN configuration and SetSelectedRegistrar call
New PINs can now be added to WPS ER. This results in the ER code
using SetSelectedRegistrar to modify AP state so that Enrollees
will be able to notice the actice registrar more easily.
2009-11-13 22:07:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bb4ae0ae0 Remove a note about other repositories of wpa_supplicant 2009-11-11 17:56:21 +02:00
David Smith
d7199342f0 Reset EAPOL pointer when handling DBus smartcard parameters
Smartcard parameter update via DBus ended up re-initializing the EAPOL
state machine without updating the pointer inside WPA state machine.
This can trigger a segfault when EAP layer attempts to use the old
reference. Fix this by re-initializing the pointer inside WPA state
machine.
2009-11-11 17:46:15 +02:00
Witold Sowa
3d3d305645 Add dbus mechanism for fetching all network configuration parameters 2009-11-11 17:17:00 +02:00
Witold Sowa
71f6e1f697 Add notifications for scan result BSS changes (added/removed)
If scan results introduce new BSSs or discards some previously known,
new wpas_notify_bss_added or wpas_notify_bss_removed notifications are
called.
2009-11-11 17:07:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68e7cb49b4 dbus: Use snprintf() and bounds checking instead of strcat()
Better make sure we do not end up writing over the end of the local
registered_sig buffer regardless of how many arguments are used in
dbus method description.
2009-11-10 18:29:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d69780dcbb dbus: Do not dereference wpa_s if explicitly checking it is not NULL
There is no point checking whether wpa_s is not NULL after having
dereferenced it earlier in the function.. Furthermore, there is no
need to use a local variable for wpas_dbus_get_path() result.
2009-11-10 18:20:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0cf7d7450a dbus: Remove unnecessary wpa_s->bssid comparison
This is an array and cannot have NULL value.
2009-11-10 18:11:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f93ab0ffc dbus: Fix a NULL pointer dereference on error path
The cleanup routine in the end would have dereferenced props pointer
which could be NULL. There is no need to go through that cleanup code
in this case, so just exit from the function with return instead.
2009-11-10 18:08:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1641d2671 Call wpas_notify_network_selected only if a specific network was selected
ssid could be NULL here at least based on the function documentation,
so better check whether that is the case prior to calling the
notification function.
2009-11-10 18:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5be45e2e6e Fix per-SSID scan (scan_ssid=1)
Commit d3a9822542 broke per-SSID scan
by using the ssid variable for internal loop and by doing so,
overriding the value that was needed below to figure out whether the
scan is for a specific SSID. Fix this by using a temporary variable
instead when looping over network finding which frequencies to scan for.
2009-11-10 18:00:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5228401cbc dbus: Coding style cleanup 2009-11-10 17:51:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea20a1ad03 dbus: Remove unneeded typecast
This was triggering some gcc versions to warn about strict aliasing.
Since the typecast is not really needed here, the cleanest way to get
rid of the warnings is to just use the correct type for the local
variable.
2009-11-10 16:48:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69856fadf7 Add wpa_msg_ctrl() for ctrl_interface-only messages
This is like wpa_msg(), but the output is directed only to
ctrl_interface listeners. In other words, the output will not be
shown on stdout or in syslog.

Change scan result reporting to use wpa_msg_ctrl() for
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS message at info level and wpa_printf() at
debug level to avoid showing scan result events in syslog in the
common configuration used with NetworkManager.
2009-11-10 15:59:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b99b8e1516 Fix non-WPS build 2009-11-10 11:35:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3a42e1240 WPS: Fix WPS build with ER support disabled 2009-11-10 11:09:52 +02:00
Witold Sowa
8fc2fb56e4 wpa_supplicant: new DBus API implementation
This patch implements the new DBus API. Both, the new and the
previous API may work concurrently and may be turned on or off
separately in .config file.
Some features of the new API are:
 - more wpa_supplicant's events are signaled with DBus signals,
 - introspection data (requires libxml2 and may be disabled),
 - CurrentBSS and CurrentNetwork properties,
 - PropertyChanged signal for most of properties,
 - Relatively easy to extend.
.config options for the new API are: CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW=y and
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_INTRO=y for introspection.

This commit misses couple of parts from the full implementation
(these are still under review):
- fetching all configuration parameters for learning WPS information
- scan result BSS add/remove notification (register_bss() and
  unregister_bss() notification callbacks)
2009-11-09 23:51:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b905c4a398 WPS: Add HTTP server module
Clean up code so that UPnP implementation does not need to include all
the HTTP functionality. In addition, make it easier to share HTTP server
functionality with other components in the future.
2009-11-08 17:26:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b40d03394 WPS: Move generic UPnP XML helper functionality into a separate file 2009-11-08 14:06:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
092794f480 WPS: Add HTTP client module to clean up code
Instead of implementing HTTP client functionality inside
wps_upnp_event.c, use a generic HTTP client module to do this. The HTTP
client code can now be shared more easily for other purposes, too.
2009-11-08 12:35:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9bcfebfce WPS: Add initial part of External Registrar functionality
This is the first step in adding support for using wpa_supplicant as a
WPS External Registrar to manage APs over UPnP. Only the device
discovery part is implemented in this commit.
2009-11-07 12:41:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d27df100b5 Allow driver and ctrl_interface parameters to be overridden
New wpa_supplicant command line options -o<driver> and -O<ctrl> can
now be used to override the parameters received in add interface
command from dbus or global ctrl_interface. This can be used, e.g.,
to enable control interface when using NetworkManager (add
-O/var/run/wpa_supplicant into the Exec parameter in
/usr/share/dbus-1/system-services/fi.epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant.service).
Similarly, this can be used to use another driver wrapper with
NetworkManager (e.g., -onl80211 to replace WEXT with nl80211).
2009-11-04 20:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb999fefcb Add Xcode project file for building wpa_supplicant 2009-11-02 19:37:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6c0ebff68 Fix int_array_concat() to bail out on realloc failure
The previous version could have ended up dereferencing a NULL pointer
if the reallocation call were to fail.
2009-11-02 19:14:17 +02:00
Oleg Kravtsov
63330c6832 WPS: Add PBC overlap and timeout events from WPS module
This provides information about PBC mode result from the WPS Registrar
module. This could be used, e.g., to provide a user notification on the
AP UI on PBC failures.
2009-11-01 21:26:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76d11d3f42 SME: Improve processing of association rejection
Force deauthentication from the AP to clear mac80211 state (it would get
stuck with future scans if the AP is left in authenticated, but not
associated, state).

Add blacklist entry for the AP to allow other APs with worse signal
strength to be tried (e.g., when APs are trying to do load balancing
with status code 17). Reduce wait for the next scan to speed up
connection in cases where there could be other APs that could accept
association, but which show worse signal strength.
2009-10-31 23:21:43 +02:00
Sam Leffler
cca8773165 Allow CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG=y to be used
Instead of having to add the syslog define manually into CFLAGS,
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG=y can now be used in .config.
2009-10-22 11:17:05 -07:00
Sam Leffler
2d8fe38109 Stub out the dbus function w/o CONFIG_WPS to fix build 2009-10-22 11:08:10 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
f1739bac4f Move PKCS# {1,5,8} functionality into separate files
This functionality fits better with src/tls (i.e., internal TLS
implementation), so move it there to make crypto_internal.c more
of a wrapper like other crypto_*.c files.
2009-10-17 12:48:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
385f16c611 Remove wpa_priv on 'make clean' 2009-10-16 21:49:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43fb529750 Add AP mode WPA status into ctrl_iface 2009-10-16 18:35:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f730b421e9 wpa_gui-qt4: Dynamically update associated STAs in peer dialog 2009-10-16 17:53:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e81634cd18 Skip networks without known SSID when selecting the BSS
Previously, APs that were hiding SSID (zero-length SSID IE in
Beacon frames) could have been selected when wildcard SSID matching
was used. This would result in failed association attempt since
the client does not know the correct SSID. This can slow down WPS
which is often using wildcard SSID matching.

Ignore BSSes without known SSID in the scan results when selecting
which BSS to use.
2009-10-15 21:58:58 +03:00
Witold Sowa
dc461de43e wpa_supplicant and dbus code separation
This patch completely separates supplicant's code from dbus.
It introduces three new notifications which copes with all
remaining dbus stuff.
wpas_notify_unregister_interface() was renamed to
wpas_notify_iface_removed().
2009-10-15 21:15:10 +03:00
Sam Leffler
4f34d51abe Do not schedule a new scan if no networks are enabled
This avoids an extra timeout to move to INACTIVE state.
2009-10-14 22:05:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3afe7b61e0 Fix AES dependencies for CONFIG_AP=y (and IBSS) builds 2009-10-13 11:16:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35deb646cc Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE 2009-10-13 11:15:39 +03:00
Masashi Honma
279d859b8f Fix IEEE 802.11r/w compilation error
The hostapd/wpa_supplicant compilation failed with CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
or CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y option if CONFIG_EAP_PSK and CONFIG_EAP_GPSK are
not used.
2009-10-13 10:04:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d6f4bb87f nl80211: Work around mac80211 limitation on (re)auth when authenticated
mac80211 does not currently allow (re)authentication when we are already
authenticated. In order to work around this, force deauthentication if
nl80211 authentication command fails with EALREADY. Unfortunately, the
workaround code in driver_nl80211.c alone is not enough since the
following disconnection event would clear wpa_supplicant authentication
state. To handle this, add some code to restore authentication state
when using userspace SME.

This workaround will hopefully become unnecessary in some point should
mac80211 start accepting new authentication requests even when in
authenticated state.
2009-10-12 09:39:55 +03:00
Masashi Honma
0e27f655f1 MFP: Clear IGTK
The fourth and fifth keys are used as IGTK for management frame
protection. This patch clears these keys.

I have tested with linux kernel 2.6.31.2.
2009-10-12 07:19:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd4e9d033b Replace CONFIG_NO_AES_EXTRAS with auto-detection during build
There is no need to do this manually since it is possible to figure
out automatically which AES extra files need to be included in the
build.
2009-10-11 22:23:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38b462868c Clean up crypto makefile segments
Reorganize the TLS/crypto library segments into a single set of blocks
for each library instead of multiple locations handling library-specific
operations. Group crypto functionality together and get wpa_supplicant
and hostapd Makefile closer to eachother in order to make it easier to
eventually move this into a shared makefile.
2009-10-11 22:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7137456941 Move TLS_FUNCS and NEED_CRYPTO segment next to each other 2009-10-11 20:34:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d388d5007 Further crypto makefile unification 2009-10-11 20:31:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0dba0175c5 Fix crypto config for minimal builds 2009-10-11 20:19:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
000bbd77c9 Cleaned up and unified some of the crypto Makefile code 2009-10-11 19:42:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f042122a57 Allow the internal DH implementation to be overridden
Crypto library wrappers can now override the internal DH (group 5)
implementation. As a starting point, this is done with OpenSSL. The
new mechanism is currently available only for WPS (i.e., IKEv2 still
depends on the internal DH implementation).
2009-10-11 19:17:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd01b1ff9d Include only the used DH groups in the build
This reduces the binary size by 3 kB or so when WPS is included in
the build, but IKEv2 is not.
2009-10-11 15:24:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9fac49c15c Fix wpa_passphrase build with NSS 2009-09-30 19:14:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d094741c5a wpa_gui-qt4: Add pending WPS PIN queries into peer dialog
Whenever running wpa_supplicant in AP mode with WPS enabled, the
notifications of missing WPS PIN are now shown on the peer dialog
to make it easier to provide the PIN.
2009-09-29 23:16:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f760fcc7c Fix hostapd wpa_msg() calls ctx for wpa_supplicant AP mode
Need to use wpa_s pointer, not hapd pointer, for these calls.
2009-09-29 21:25:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acfbf1f5d7 wpa_gui-qt4: Fix peer_role_address for AP entry 2009-09-29 20:51:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b55aaa5fdf Allow IBSS/AP mode networks to be created in ap_scan=1 mode
If no BSSes/IBSSes matching the enabled networks are found in the scan
results, IBSS/AP mode network (if configured) can be created in
ap_scan=1 mode instead of requiring ap_scan=2 mode to be used whenever
using IBSS or AP mode.
2009-09-29 17:11:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
09b9df4e4a Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions 2009-09-29 14:30:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
289ffc2b61 Add preliminary version of NSS TLS/crypto wrapper for wpa_supplicant
This brings in the first step in adding support for using NSS
(Mozilla Network Security Services) as the crypto and TLS library
with wpa_supplicant. This version is able to run through EAP-PEAP
and EAP-TTLS authentication, but does not yet implement any
certificate/private key configuration. In addition, this does not
implement proper key fetching functions either, so the end result
is not really of much use in real world yet.
2009-09-29 01:21:09 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0194fedb46 driver_nl80211: Fix MLME key settings for static WEP
Current wpa_supplicant has a bug with WEP keys, it adds a zero-length
sequence counter field to netlink which the kernel doesn't accept.

Additionally, the kernel API slightly changed to accept keys only when
connected, so we need to send it the keys after that. For that to work
with shared key authentication, we also include the default WEP TX key
in the authentication command.

To upload the keys properly _after_ associating, add a new flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE indicating that the driver
needs the keys at that point and not earlier.
2009-09-15 10:48:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60b94c9819 Add preliminary background scan and roaming module design
This allows background scanning and roaming decisions to be contained in
a single place based on a defined set of notification events which will
hopefully make it easier to experiment with roaming improvements. In
addition, this allows multiple intra-ESS roaming policies to be used
(each network configuration block can configure its own bgscan module).

The beacon loss and signal strength notifications are implemented for
the bgscan API, but the actual events are not yet available from the
driver.

The included sample bgscan module ("simple") is an example of what can
be done with the new bgscan mechanism. It requests periodic background
scans when the device remains associated with an ESS and has couple of
notes on what a more advanced bgscan module could do to optimize
background scanning and roaming. The periodic scans will cause the scan
result handler to pick a better AP if one becomes available. This bgscan
module can be taken into use by adding bgscan="simple" (or
bgscan="simple:<bgscan interval in seconds>") into the network
configuration block.
2009-09-15 00:08:24 +03:00
Samuel Ortiz
3180d7a208 Getting back to DISCONNECTED afer SCANNING
After transitioning from DISCONNECTED to SCANNING, we never go back
to DISCONNECTED even though scanning is done or failed.
We're thus stuck in SCANNING while scanning is actually done.
2009-09-14 17:25:03 +03:00
Masashi Honma
f1b0de09d9 WPS: Fix CONFIG_WPS=y compilation of wpa_supplicant
The wpa_supplicant compilation failed with CONFIG_WPS=y option
if CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME and CONFIG_IEEE80211R are not used.
2009-09-14 16:50:53 +03:00
Witold Sowa
3e53b314f5 Share same freeing and error checking code in get_scan_results
Convert wpa_supplicant_get_scan_results_old() to use the same return
style with the other get_scan_results options and clean up the code
by sharing the same scan result freeing and error checking code for
all the options.
2009-09-13 22:21:52 +03:00
Witold Sowa
86b89452f6 Use shared functions for network operations and param changes
Instead of implementing these separately in various control
interface handlers, use shared functions. These add some of the
previously missing notification calls, too, for the affected areas.
2009-09-13 21:16:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8bac466b00 Add wpa_supplicant notification calls
This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into
a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the
wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms
that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are
also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event
notifications.
2009-09-13 20:53:32 +03:00
Witold Sowa
1bd3f426d3 Remove extra whitespace 2009-09-13 20:27:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
614ff64fe0 wpa_gui-qt4: Fix WPS AP detection for peer window 2009-09-11 19:06:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b1078a4bfb wpa_gui-qt4: Add scan results into the peer window
In addition, add a peer entry type for each peer entry. Currently,
this is only stored as an integer and visible in the context menu.
Eventually, different icons should be used based on this type.
2009-09-11 18:37:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
acd8ba74c0 wpa_gui-qt4: Handle UNKNOWN COMMAND reply during peer window update
Avoid an infinite loop if wpa_supplicant is not built with AP support.
2009-09-11 17:52:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
611ed49118 Add parsed information from WPS IE(s) into scan results
This makes it easier for external programs to show WPS information
since they do not need to parse the WPS IE themselves anymore.
2009-09-11 17:14:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a88ae863f wpa_gui-qt4: Add context menu for peers dialog
Replace the clicked() event with more appropriate context menu
and add a WPS PIN entry as an example command.
2009-09-10 14:43:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e2670b1176 wpa_gui-qt4: Include cstdio to avoid some compiler issues
It looks like some build systems do not find snprintf() here unless
cstdio is included explicitly.
2009-09-09 11:11:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f05c7194cd wpa_gui-qt4: Add a new window for showing peer information
This provides some initial functionality for showing peer information,
i.e., showing information about other devices that has been discovered.
Currently, information is only available in the AP mode (list of
associated stations), but this is expected to increase in the future
(e.g., show the current AP in station mode, other stations in IBSS,
etc.). Furthermore, there will be actions available for doing things
like providing a WPS PIN for a station.
2009-09-08 16:28:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e653b62275 Add station table query to wpa_supplicant AP ctrl_iface
"wpa_cli all_sta" and "wpa_cli sta <addr>" can now be used to fetch
information about stations associated with the
wpa_supplicant-controlled AP.
2009-09-08 12:58:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52eb293dd2 WPS: Add support for AP reconfiguration with wps_reg
wpa_supplicant can now reconfigure the AP by acting as an External
Registrar with the wps_reg command. Previously, this was only used
to fetch the current AP settings, but now the wps_reg command has
optional arguments which can be used to provide the new AP
configuration. When the new parameters are set, the WPS protocol run
is allowed to continue through M8 to reconfigure the AP instead of
stopping at M7.
2009-09-06 13:58:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1ff733383f Delay processing of EAPOL frames when not associated
If an EAPOL frame is received while wpa_supplicant thinks the driver is
not associated, queue the frame for processing at the moment when the
association event is received. This is a workaround to a race condition
in receiving data frames and management events from the kernel.

The pending EAPOL frame will not be processed unless an association
event is received within 100 msec for the same BSSID.
2009-09-04 18:04:41 +03:00
Chuck Tuffli
94873e3b84 Fix comment in wpa_supplicant_event_associnfo
Found what I think is a copy/paste error in the comments for the .11r
code.
2009-08-26 23:51:12 +03:00
Witold Sowa
3a57305f10 Fix a bug with ap_rx_from_unknown_sta() recursion
ap_rx_from_unknown_sta was going into infinite recursion,
or could even crash because of corrupted pointer cast.
2009-08-26 20:18:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7cba52d852 Use OpenSSL for RC4 instead of internal implementation 2009-08-16 22:26:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac73690c06 Move RC4 into crypto.h as a replaceable crypto function
This allows crypto library wrappers to override the internal RC4
implementation in the same way as can already be done for other crypto
algorithms.
2009-08-16 20:13:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
577072b116 Fix FIPS mode build of eapol_test 2009-08-16 19:00:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff916b9df7 Allow non-FIPS MD5 to be used with TLS PRF even in FIPS mode
This is allowed per FIPS1402IG.pdf since the TLS PRF depends fully on
both MD5 and SHA-1.
2009-08-16 18:56:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76f04b38b0 Preliminary support for FIPS mode operation with OpenSSL
wpa_supplicant can now be built with FIPS capable OpenSSL for FIPS mode
operation. Currently, this is only enabling the FIPS mode in OpenSSL
without providing any higher level enforcement in wpa_supplicant.
Consequently, invalid configuration will fail during the authentication
run. Proper configuration (e.g., WPA2-Enterprise with EAP-TLS) allows
the connection to be completed.
2009-08-16 14:24:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1430ba9b7e OpenSSL: Use library version of SHA256
There is no need to use the internal SHA256 implementation when using
OpenSSL.
2009-08-16 14:15:36 +03:00
Bjarke Istrup Pedersen
466940c55e Use LDFLAGS in all linker commands
When building hostapd and wpa_supplicant, the build system does not
respect the LDFLAGS selected in the environment in some cases. [Bug 311]
2009-08-16 09:47:56 +03:00
Witold Sowa
b2cc805619 Set current ssid when entering AP mode
After successful starting AP mode, current_ssid field is set to
ssid used to create AP.
2009-08-15 21:04:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
905a32a5f4 Added new SHA1 files into VS project files to fix the build 2009-08-15 20:51:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49eba5f82f WPS: Workaround mixed-mode WPA+WPA2 auth type in credentials
An SMC router was reported to use 0x22 (WPAPSK + WPA2PSK) in the
authentication type of the provisioned credential and wpa_supplicant
rejected this as invalid. Work around this by replacing WPAPSK + WPA2PSK
with WPA2PSK.
2009-08-15 20:40:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ba30964b60 Force rebuilding of src/drivers between hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This is a (hopefully) temporary workaround to allow the same source code
tree to be used for building hostapd and wpa_supplicant without having
to manually force recompilation of some files. Currently, some of the
driver wrapper files need to be built separately for hostapd and
wpa_supplicant (#ifdef's in the files based on AP functionality).

This is somewhat racy as far as parallel make execution is concerned,
i.e., it may be necessary to run "make -j#" twice (plain "make" works
fine. Since this is supposed to be a temporary workaround, there is not
much point in trying to fix this with any more complex make processing.
2009-08-14 20:40:37 +03:00
Johannes Berg
fe6bdb777e Replace NEED_MLME with NEED_AP_MLME
This makes it clearer that it's about the AP, not client-side MLME, even
when built into the client (wpa_supplicant).
2009-08-14 20:01:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e7cd16cac5 Create a common drivers makefile snippet
Instead of having all driver stuff collected across wpa_supplicant
and hostapd, create a common snippet that they both include and
that handles the build configuration.
2009-08-14 19:53:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e91d24260 wpa_passphrase does not need FIPS PRF, MD4, or AES extra functionality 2009-08-13 17:07:36 +03:00
Johannes Berg
4c9e03e0b2 Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_AES_*
Instead of using a defines and conditional building of AES parts,
move the conditional functionality into separate files.
2009-08-13 11:40:28 +03:00
Johannes Berg
27da6d4a0e Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_AES_ENCRYPT
Instead of using a define and conditional building of AES parts,
move the AES encryption routines into a separate file.
2009-08-13 11:21:32 +03:00
Johannes Berg
381fcbc9f4 Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_AES_DECRYPT
Instead of using a define and conditional building of AES parts,
move the AES decryption routines into a separate file.
2009-08-13 11:16:21 +03:00
Johannes Berg
18abe7acb0 Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_PBKDF2
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the PBKDF2 implementation into a separate file.
2009-08-11 20:31:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
d9feab18fc Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_TLS_PRF
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the TLS PRF implementation into a separate file.
2009-08-11 20:24:06 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6f693b5d0b Crypto build cleanup: remove CONFIG_NO_T_PRF
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the T-PRF implementation into a separate file.
2009-08-11 20:19:37 +03:00
Johannes Berg
05edfe2994 Crypto build cleanup: remove NEED_FIPS186_2_PRF
Instead of using a define and conditional building of crypto wrapper
parts, move the FIPS 186-2 PRF implementation into separate files.
2009-08-11 20:06:23 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ad01a5315e Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_MD5
Instead of using a define and conditional building of md5.c parts,
move the internal-MD5 into a separate file.
2009-07-28 21:36:13 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bd4e28950d Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_MD4
In addition, rename md4.c to md4-internal.c to match in style with
SHA-1 conditionally built internal implementation.
2009-07-28 21:27:02 +03:00
Johannes Berg
598a792d8c Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_SHA256
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha256.c parts,
move the internal-SHA256 into a separate file.
2009-07-28 21:20:04 +03:00
Johannes Berg
246157cba6 Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_AES
In addition, rename aes.c to aes-internal.c to match in style with
SHA-1 conditionally built internal implementation.
2009-07-28 21:09:57 +03:00
Johannes Berg
657f038102 Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_DES
In addition, rename des.c to des-internal.c to match in style with
SHA-1 conditionally built internal implementation.
2009-07-28 21:00:44 +03:00
Johannes Berg
928a50a355 Crypto build cleanup: remove INTERNAL_SHA1
Instead of using a define and conditional building of sha1.c parts,
move the internal-SHA-1 into a separate file.
2009-07-28 20:47:04 +03:00
Johannes Berg
602606091b CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXTENSION need not be in CFLAGS 2009-07-28 20:25:19 +03:00
Johannes Berg
91382de4d1 CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXTENSION is purely internal to the Makefile 2009-07-28 14:41:33 +03:00
Johannes Berg
b2840aafaf make the build process quieter to see warnings 2009-07-28 14:37:40 +03:00
Johannes Berg
8055fb781d Clean up some more binaries in wpa_supplicant 'make clean' 2009-07-28 14:15:04 +03:00
Jon Loeliger
2e8eac2d67 Allow wpa_supplicant to use libnl-2.0
Change existing CONFIG_LIBNL20 compatibility code in
driver_nl80211.c to be used by both wpa_supplicant
and hostapd, but take care of nl_handle too now.

Propagate CONFIG_LIBNL20 out of .config file and onto
CFLAGS in the Makefile.

Use libnl-gen now too.

Signed-off-by: Jon Loeliger <jdl@bigfootnetworks.com>
---
2009-07-25 17:21:52 +03:00
Witold Sowa
137fb724b3 Set state to COMPLETE when AP mode has been initialized successfully 2009-07-25 17:01:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4625a47f4b WPS: Change wpa_supplicant wps_reg to not send out M8
Since we do not currently support changing the AP settings received
from M7, there is no point in actually sending out the M8 that would
likely trigger the AP to reconfigure itself and potentially reboot.
For now, we just receive the AP settings in M7 and add a local network
configuration block based on those, but NACK the message. This makes
wps_reg work like wps_pin, but by using the AP PIN instead of a client
PIN.
2009-06-10 15:53:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b14912025f Comment out unused functions if IEEE8021X_EAPOL is not defined 2009-05-29 22:35:31 +03:00
Dan Williams
cb8564b1dd dbus: add 'scanning' property
When the supplicant is connected and performs a scan, it doesn't enter
WPA_SCANNING state for various reasons.  However, external programs
still need to know that the supplicant is scanning since they may not
wish to perform certain operations during a scan (as those operations
will likely fail or yield incorrect results).  Add a 'scanning' property
and signal to the supplicant dbus interface to allow clients to
synchronize better with the supplicant when it scans.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2009-05-27 21:06:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
077a781f7a WPS: Add support for setting timeout for PIN
hostapd_cli wps_pin command can now have an optional timeout
parameter that sets the PIN lifetime in seconds. This can be used
to reduce the likelihood of someone else using the PIN should an
active PIN be left in the Registrar.
2009-05-26 17:44:44 +03:00
Jaime Soriano Pastor
e8fa6039f6 WPS methods exported over DBus
I've exported the methods wpsPbc, wpsReg and wpsPin (patch attached),
so wpa_supplicant should be able to connect with WPS using the dbus
interface. I couldn't test it well because the problem seems to be in
my wireless card, a Broadcom BCM4328. At least it seems to do the same
using both interfaces. With ndiswrapper driver the "wpsie" entry
(thanks Dan!) didn't appear, and with the Broadcom wl driver it
appears but I cannot associate using WPS.
2009-05-06 13:23:41 +03:00
Helmut Schaa
01a569e8a1 wpa_supplicant: add DBus method for changing debug parameters
Add a new DBus method "setDebugParams" which takes the parameters
debug_level, debug_timestamp and show_keys as input and updates the
internal debug variables accordingly.

To change the debug level, enable/disable timestamps and enable/disable
show_keys the following dbus-send command can be used:

dbus-send --system --dest=fi.epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant --print-reply
/fi/epitest/hostap/WPASupplicant fi.epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant.setDebugParams
int32:0 boolean:false boolean:false

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2009-05-06 11:54:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da1fb17ca7 Add handling of SME auth/assoc timeout events
This allows wpa_supplicant to start searching for other APs (or re-try)
if the MLME times out.
2009-04-24 00:08:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4bc181ecc7 Add new wpa_supplicant driver op for setting 802.1X port status
This can be used with drivers that implement PAE to control whether
normal data frames (non-EAPOL) are allowed.
2009-04-22 16:01:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ec97afe57 wpa_supplicant AP: Add preliminary support for WPS Internal Registrar
When in AP mode, wpa_supplicant is now enabling WPS (only Internal
Registrar). wpa_cli wps_pbc and wps_pin commands can be used to initiate
WPS negotiation similarly to how this is done in station mode (though,
the BSSID parameter is ignored).
2009-04-21 16:45:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8d6ffa48f wpa_supplicant AP: Add sta_set_flags 2009-04-20 16:33:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
db149ac949 wpa_supplicant AP: Add EAPOL frame TX and RX
This allows WPA-Personal 4-way handshake to be completed successfully.
2009-04-20 16:27:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07d9a55297 wpa_supplicant AP: Update WPA/RSN configuration
Couple of additional operations are needed to make hostapd configuration
valid for WPA.
2009-04-20 16:11:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3dc92e85f Make deauthentication and disassociation consistent
This fixes an issue where the station was not marked disassociated
properly with locally requested deauthentication.
2009-04-20 11:36:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
83935317a7 Disconnect if 4-way handshake processing fails
There is no point in trying to continue if a 4-way handshake frame is
discarded or if PTK/GTK/IGTK configuration fails. Force the client to
disconnect in such a case to avoid confusing user by claiming the
connection was successfully completed.
2009-04-20 11:35:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f4e8b4f65 wpa_supplicant AP: add sta_add() and sta_remove() 2009-04-17 20:09:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be301e56b6 wpa_supplicant AP: Fix build after hostapd driver_ops changes 2009-04-17 16:41:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b615a25e4e wpa_supplicant AP: Fix hw_mode for 5 GHz channels 2009-04-12 12:10:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92f475b4d8 Merge hostapd driver init functions into one
Use a parameter structure to pass in information that can be more easily
extended in the future. Include some of the parameters that were
previously read directly from hapd->conf in order to reduce need for
including hostapd/config.h into driver wrappers.
2009-04-09 23:28:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3965310e6 Use common get_hw_feature_data for hostapd and wpa_supplicant
This merges the driver wrapper implementations to use the same
implementation both for hostapd and wpa_supplicant operations to avoid
code duplication.
2009-04-09 14:11:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c51218372f Merge wpa_supplicant and hostapd driver wrapper implementations
This commit merges the driver_ops structures and implementations from
hostapd/driver*.[ch] into src/drivers. This is only an initial step and
there is room for number of cleanups to share code between the hostapd
and wpa_supplicant parts of the wrappers to avoid unnecessary source
code duplication.
2009-04-09 13:40:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2220ec0b7 Fix couple of forgotten wpa_hw_modes -> hostapd_hw_modes
Some build configurations resulted in failure due to missed structure
rename.
2009-04-06 15:02:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0b2f99bd7 nl80211: Fix static WEP key configuration when using SME
Need to set WEP keys before requesting authentication in order to get
Shared Key authentication working. Previously, the WEP keys were not set
at all when using SME in wpa_supplicant.
2009-04-04 16:58:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
282d55908b wpa_supplicant AP: Add get_hw_feature_data
This is enough to allow open mode association to be completed with
driver_nl80211.c.
2009-04-03 19:11:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6caf9ca68c Share same hw_feature definitions between hostapd and wpa_supplicant 2009-04-03 19:04:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0892aaaf51 Set own MAC address in AP data structures 2009-04-03 16:53:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c2010acda Implement management frame TX for wpa_supplicant AP mode 2009-04-03 16:45:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0915d02c3c wpa_supplicant AP: Add management frame RX for nl80211 2009-04-02 21:59:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2440ba01b Add Beacon configuration for wpa_supplicant AP mode 2009-04-02 16:09:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efa4607800 SME: Add processing for rejected associations 2009-04-01 17:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0a6190815 Fix SHA-256-based KDF when using CCMP as the pairwise cipher
IEEE 802.11r KDF uses key length in the derivation and as such, the PTK
length must be specified correctly. The previous version was deriving
using 512-bit PTK regardless of the negotiated cipher suite; this works
for TKIP, but not for CCMP. Update the code to use proper PTK length
based on the pairwise cipher.

This fixed PTK derivation for both IEEE 802.11r and IEEE 802.11w (when
using AKMP that specifies SHA-256-based key derivation). The fixed
version does not interoperate with the previous versions. [Bug 307]
2009-04-01 12:04:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73267b9ca4 WPS: Fix local configuration update after AP configuration
Update credential to only include a single authentication and
encryption type in case the AP configuration includes more than one
option. Without this, the credential would be rejected if the AP was
configured to allow more than one authentication type.
2009-03-30 19:00:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f2b2c1973 Add needed AP driver wrappers (most of which are still to-do) 2009-03-27 17:13:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07f117edb5 Set hostapd configuration based on wpa_supplicant AP mode config 2009-03-27 16:45:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3a9822542 Add support for specifying subset of enabled frequencies to scan
A new network block parameter, scan_freq, can be used to specify subset
of frequencies to scan. This can speed up scanning process considerably
if it is known that only a small subset of channels is actually used in
the network. A union of configured frequencies for all enabled network
blocks is used in scan requests.

Currently, only driver_nl80211.c has support for this functionality.

For example, following parameter marks 2.4 GHz channels 1, 6, 11 to be
scanned: scan_freq=2412 2437 2462
2009-03-26 21:55:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d5b792d2b Add preliminary hostapd data structure initialization for AP mode
wpa_supplicant can now initialize hostapd data structures when mode=2 is
used to set up an AP. The hostapd configuration is not yet set based on
wpa_supplicant network configuration block. In addition, the glue code
for hostapd driver_ops needs number of functions that will be needed for
AP functionality.
2009-03-26 20:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1b62a0f0 Move wpa_supplicant_create_ap() into ap.c 2009-03-26 16:08:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c746331b52 Allow hostapd/config.h and wpa_supplicant/config_ssid.h coexist
Move the shared IEEE 802.11w enum definition into src/common/defs.h to
avoid redefinition when both configuration structures are included into
the same file.
2009-03-26 16:06:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
089757c6a9 Fix wpa_supplicant AP build after hostapd header file cleanup 2009-03-25 16:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f1a4871084 Link in AP functionality from hostapd when CONFIG_AP=y
This is only allowing the code to be compiled and linked in; the actual
functionality is not yet enabled.
2009-03-25 12:23:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1581b38b67 Initial step in adding simple AP mode support into wpa_supplicant
This version is adding the configuration option (mode=2) for this and
driver capability reporting to figure out whether AP mode can be used.
However, this does not actually implement any real functionality yet.
2009-03-25 11:38:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36b15723ca Deprecate set_drop_unencrypted(), set_auth_alg(), and set_mode()
All these driver handlers can be implemented in associate() handler
which gets all the needed information in the parameters structure. The
old functions that provided only a single parameter will be removed
eventually to clean up the driver_ops structure, so driver wrappers
should start using the newer mechanism.
2009-03-24 20:06:02 +02:00
Sam Leffler
19b9436c0e Fix UNIX domain socket address handling to be more portable
Removing just sun_family is not portable since some systems (e.g.,
FreeBSD) include an additional sun_len field. Using offsetof should be
portable. In addition, set sun_ken for FreeBSD.
2009-03-21 22:00:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d737d6bf9 Fix FreeBSD build by not adding -ldl
Unlike Linux, FreeBSD does not use libdl.
2009-03-21 20:59:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26c9d7ea24 Fix IEEE 802.11r build without CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME 2009-03-21 20:57:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9d2ffbc4c Document CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME option as specific to test driver
Since user space MLME is not used with nl80211 anymore, this option is
only of use with driver_test.
2009-03-20 22:35:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2a0407851 Add SME support (separate authentication and association)
This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with
nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE
802.11r).

Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added
today  into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards
compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does
not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be
disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed
at  some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 22:26:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4cb0dcd92d Fix IEEE 802.11r key derivation function to match with the standard
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, 8.5.1.5.2 starts the 'i' counter from 1, not 0.
Note: this breaks interoperability with previous versions. [Bug 303]
2009-03-19 15:46:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5aaa01562 Detach ctrl_iface monitor if the client socket is removed
No need to wait for 10 errors when using UNIX domain socket; we can
detach the client immediately on ENOENT.
2009-03-17 16:56:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
babfbf15cc FT: Add RIC Request generation and validation (but not processing)
This adds first part of FT resource request as part of Reassocition
Request frame (i.e., FT Protocol, not FT Resource Request Protocol).
wpa_supplicant can generate a test resource request when driver_test.c
is used with internal MLME code and hostapd can verify the FTIE MIC
properly with the included RIC Request.

The actual RIC Request IEs are not processed yet and hostapd does not
yet reply with RIC Response (nor would wpa_supplicant be able to
validate the FTIE MIC for a frame with RIC Response).
2009-03-09 20:45:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58d1f6d189 Fix EAP-FAST only build to include the needed EAPOL implementation 2009-03-08 11:29:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c472ef754d driver_ndis: Add PAE group address to the multicast address
This is done with wired interfaces to fix IEEE 802.1X authentication
when the authenticator uses the group address (which should be happening
with wired Ethernet authentication).

This allows wpa_supplicant to complete wired authentication successfully
on Vista with a NDIS 6 driver, but the change is likely needed for
Windows XP, too.
2009-03-07 23:10:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ef1e644eb Determiner whether driver is wired at runtime based on capabilities
Do not use just the driver name for this since driver_ndis.c supports
both wired and wireless NDIS drivers and needs to indicate the driver
type after initialization.
2009-03-07 22:05:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed843aaa33 WMM-AC: Fix hostapd processing of ADDTS Request and add test code
Calculate the estimated medium time using integer variables since there
is no real need to use floating point arithmetics here. In addition,
make sure there is no division by zero regardless of how invalid the
request from the station is. Reject invalid parameters and refuse
requests that would take most of the bandwidth by themselves.

Add test code into wpa_supplicant mlme.c to allow WMM-AC negotiation to
be tested with driver_test.
2009-03-06 20:15:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c3dd4ebbe Enable WMM support in the test MLME code
This allows driver_test to be used to test WMM negotiation.
2009-03-06 17:28:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9cf548c082 Allow PN531_PATH to be overriden from .config 2009-03-06 16:25:48 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e1ee6b600b WPS: Add support for NFC out-of-band mechanism
The new file wps_nfc.c and ndef.c implements NFC device independent
operation, wps_nfc_pn531.c implements NFC device dependent operation.

This patch is only for the following use case:
- Enrollee = wpa_supplicant
- Registrar = hostapd internal Registrar

Following NFC methods can be used:
- Enrollee PIN with NFC
- Registrar PIN with NFC
- unencrypted credential with NFC

Encrypted credentials are not supported.

Enrollee side operation:

Registrar side operation:

Example configuration.
CONFIG_WPS=y
CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y
CONFIG_WPS_NFC_PN531=y

I used NFC device "NXP PN531". The NFC device access method is
confidential, so I used outer library. Please download below files from
https://www.saice-wpsnfc.bz/index.php

[WPS NFC Library]
WpsNfcLibrary/WpsNfc.h
WpsNfcLibrary/WpsNfcType.h
WpsNfcLibrary/WpsNfcVersion.h
WpsNfcLibrary/linux/libnfc_mapping_pn53x.dll
WpsNfcLibrary/linux/wpsnfc.dll

[NFC Reader/Writer Kernel Driver]
NFCKernelDriver-1.0.3/linux/kobj/sonyrw.ko

<WiFi test>
The hostapd/wpa_supplicant with this patch passed below tests on
"Wi-Fi WPS Test Plan Version 1.6".
4.2.5 Add device using NFC Method with password token
(I used SONY STA instead of NXP STA.)

4.2.6 Add device using NFC Method with configuration token

5.1.9 Add to AP using NFC Method with password token
through internal registrar
(I used SONY AP instead of NXP AP.)

5.1.10 Add to AP using NFC Method with configuration token
through internal registrar
2009-03-06 16:16:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7cc1b6c900 WPS: Add a workaround for TKIP/CCMP mixed mode credentials
Many deployed APs do not handle negotiation of security parameters well
when both TKIP and CCMP (or both WPA and WPA2) are enabled. The most
common end result seems to be ending up with the least secure option..

As a workaround, check whether the AP advertises WPA2/CCMP in Beacon
frames and add those options for the credential if needed. This allows
the client to select the most secure configuration regardless of how
broken the AP's WPS implementation is as far as auth/encr type
negotiation is concerned.
2009-03-05 21:39:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77ac446621 Fix MLME build after WMM renames 2009-03-05 15:56:51 +02:00
Sam Leffler
a83d9c9652 Add build option CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF
This makes wpa_supplicant terminate automatically if the configured
interface(s) disappear.
2009-03-02 21:57:00 +02:00
Sam Leffler
daa70d49de Add support for wpa_supplicant syslog output
Enable for build: CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG in .config
Enable at runtime: -s on command line
2009-03-02 21:40:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
049a292f89 Fix builds that need SHA256 or mod_exp, but not TLS functions 2009-02-27 17:46:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4c617ee4c WPS UFD: Add entry to ChangeLog 2009-02-26 22:10:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
116f7bb0a3 WPS UFD: Build OOB functionality only if UFD is enabled 2009-02-26 22:10:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5e2b2d274 WPS UFD: Use pre-configured DH keys only with OOB
The old behavior of generating new DH keys can be maintained for non-OOB
cases and only OOB (in this case, with UFD) will use the pre-configured
DH keys to allow the public key hash to be checked.
2009-02-26 22:09:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7cbf51bbd8 WPS UFD: Remove oob_dev pointer from wps_context
This pointer and the especially the oob_dev->device_path does not remain
valid, so better not save it any longer than it is needed.
2009-02-26 22:07:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
390cd3105d WPS UFD: Make build conditional on CONFIG_WPS_UFD=y
Not all embedded devices have USB interface and it is useful to be able
to remove unneeded functionality from the binary. In addition, the
current implementation has some UNIX specific calls in it which may make
it not compile cleanly on all target systems.
2009-02-26 22:01:36 +02:00
Masashi Honma
46bdb83acd WPS: Add UFD support (USBA out-of-band mechanism)
This patch is only for the following use case:
- Enrollee = wpa_supplicant
- Registrar = hostapd internal Registrar

Following UFD methods can be used:
- Enrollee PIN with UFD
- Registrar PIN with UFD
- unencrypted credential with UFD

Encrypted credentials are not supported.

Enrollee side operation:
wpa_cli -i ath0 wps_oob <device type> <mount point> <oob method>
    oob method = pin-e/pin-r/cred

wpa_cli -i ath0 wps_oob ufd /mnt/ pin-r

Registrar side operation:
./hostapd_cli -i ath0 wps_oob <device type> <mount point> <oob method>
    oob method = pin-e/pin-r/cred

hostapd_cli -i ath0 wps_oob ufd /mnt/ cred
2009-02-26 21:57:38 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
522b5b6ed3 WPS: Fix WEP key index to use 1..4 instead of 0..3
It seems that WFA WPS spec says that default key index should be 1 (not
0). I think this meas that WEP key indexes region is not from 0 to 3,
but from 1 to 4 in WPS. At least WRT610N implemented it this way.
2009-02-18 19:58:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c2849d2a0 Add BSS flags to scan results to indicate signal quality validity
These flags are used to mark which values (level, noise, qual) are
invalid (not available from the driver) and whether level is using dBm.
D-Bus interface will now only report the values that were available.
2009-02-18 13:40:38 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
4b195a1bc9 WPS: support WEP keys in hex characters format in received credentials
Attached patch makes wpa_supplicant support WEP keys in hex characters
format in received credentials from Registrars (tested with WRT610N).
2009-02-17 10:30:43 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
0632542b8b WPS: support registration with APs in WEP security mode
Attached patch fixes the issue when supplicant does not select APs in
WEP security mode for WPS registration.
2009-02-17 10:17:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84992a8fb4 Updated to-do list for wpa_supplicant
No point in using time with Host AP driver optimizations anymore.
Note another race condition with 4-way handshake (and PTK config to
driver).
2009-02-16 20:50:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caf3159831 Update nmake.mak to match with current files 2009-02-15 18:35:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c511c8c6e0 Avoid using #ifdef inside printf string
This makes it easier to use a preprocessor macro for printf.
2009-02-15 14:35:30 +02:00
Daniel Mierswa
d94d4bafbb Improved 'make install' (use BINDIR/LIBDIR, install shared objects) 2009-02-15 14:22:50 +02:00
Daniel Mierswa
6301cc5d38 Allow the privsep driver to pass the set_country to the real driver 2009-02-15 14:13:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba2a573c5f Rename "broadcast SSID" to "wildcard SSID"
"Wildcard SSID" is the term used in IEEE Std 802.11-2007, so it is a
better name for the zero-length SSID used in Probe Request.
2009-02-14 22:21:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a1063e008 driver_nl80211: Add support for multi-SSID scan requests 2009-02-14 21:17:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e76baaac0c Add support for multi-SSID scan requests
If the driver reports support for more than one SSID per scan request,
optimize scan_ssid=1 operations in ap_scan=1 mode. This speeds up
scanning whenever scan_ssid=1 is used since the broadcast SSID can be
included in every scan request and if driver supports more than two
SSIDs in the scan request, the benefits are even larger when multiple
networks have been configured with ap_scan=1.

This is also cleaning up wpa_supplicant_scan() function by moving code
around so that the SSID list is not processed unnecessarily if the
operation mode does not need this.
2009-02-14 20:59:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc2b7ed5f3 Add extended driver scan request command: driver_ops::scan2()
This can be used to provide support for scanning multiple SSIDs at a
time to optimize scan_ssid=1 operations. In addition, Probe Request IEs
will be available to scan2() (e.g., for WPS PBC scanning).
2009-02-14 17:01:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
362f781e1c Allow multiple driver wrappers to be specified on command line
For example, -Dnl80211,wext could be used to automatically select
between nl80211 and wext. The first driver wrapper that is able to
initialize the interface will be used.
2009-02-14 16:43:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80bc75f135 New driver capability info: max number of scan SSIDs
The driver wrappers can now inform wpa_supplicant how many SSIDs can
be used in a single scan request (i.e., send multiple Probe Requests
per channel). This value is not yet used, but it can eventually be used
to allow a new scan command to specify multiple SSIDs to speed up
scan_ssid=1 operations. In addition, a warning could be printed if
scan_ssid=1 is used with a driver that does not support it
(max_scan_ssids=0).
2009-02-12 22:05:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6190d376d Removed an obsolete comment about use of external program for EAP 2009-02-11 22:35:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec1020512c wpa_gui-qt4: Add support for selecting between WEP open/shared key auth
Split the auth=none option into three: open, WEP, WEP with shared key to
allow the user specify WEP with shared key authentication. In addition,
fix static WEP key edits to be enabled only when using static WEP keys
(i.e., not for IEEE 802.1X).
2009-02-10 15:26:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4225097c5a Fix test-sha256 build 2009-02-10 14:31:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
073ab58ff5 Fixed a copy-paste error in a function documentation 2009-02-10 11:45:17 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
c3f5b1e16d Send a dbus reply only if requested by the caller
wpa_supplicant should not send a dbus reply as response to a method call
if no reply was requested by the caller. Sending a reply even if not
requested is basically no problem but triggers dbus warnings like the
one below.

Feb  9 07:31:23 linux-gvjr dbus-daemon: Rejected send message, 2 matched
rules; type="error", sender=":1.129" (uid=0 pid=30228
comm="/usr/sbin/wpa_supplicant -c /etc/wpa_supplicant/wp")
interface="(unset)" member="(unset)" error
name="fi.epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant.InvalidInterface"
requested_reply=0 destination=":1.128" (uid=0 pid=30226
comm="/usr/sbin/NetworkManager "))

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2009-02-09 19:45:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
53c256a476 Fix MinGW build with CONFIG_EAP_TNC=y
MinGW does not use -ldl so do not add this unconditionally.
2009-02-08 12:47:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96c7c3072d Fix privsep build with CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME=y
Add wpa_supplicant_sta_free_hw_features() and wpa_supplicant_sta_rx()
for driver wrappers in wpa_priv.
2009-02-07 10:30:32 +02:00
Daniel Mierswa
716d543d5c Include wpabuf.o in wpa_priv build
If you choose to use CONFIG_PRIVSEP=y, the wpabuf functions seem to
miss. The attached patch is against trunk and should probably fix it.
2009-02-07 10:19:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dbcd00912 Removed CONFIG_EAP_WSC=dyn option
Build EAP-WSC dynamically does not make much sense and with the
dependencies to WPS code from number of places resolving this is not
trivial. It is simpler to just remove this option.
2009-02-07 10:09:49 +02:00
Pavel Roskin
4c2660c2b0 Fix building dynamic EAP peer modules
Strip directory name from the target in the pattern rule for dynamic
modules.  Remove dynamic modules on "make clean".
2009-02-07 10:05:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1c7954d5d Added CONFIG_WPS_UPNP for wpa_supplicant tests
For now, this is just an undocumented build option to make it possible
to build ../src/wps/*.o in a way that matches with hostapd needs.
2009-02-06 13:52:30 +02:00
Daniel Mierswa
b77eab282a Explicitly link against libdl when including TNC support
If you don't choose OpenSSL as TLS implementation and choose to enable
CONFIG_EAP_TNC you have to link against libdl. The OpenSSL libraries
implicitly link against them, so this might be a reason why it wasn't
noticed yet. I assume the same applies to hostapd.
2009-02-05 19:24:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7baefda28 Fixed eapol_test linking with CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y 2009-02-05 18:20:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42f1ee7d1f Fixed scan buffer increasing with WEXT
We can now handle up to 65535 byte result buffer which is the maximum
due to WEXT using 16-bit length field. Previously, this was limited to
32768 bytes in practice even through we tried with 65536 and 131072
buffers which we just truncated into 0 in the 16-bit variable.

This more or less doubles the number of BSSes we can received from scan
results.
2009-02-05 12:00:23 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
81e59f1070 Fix a segfault in wpa_supplicant_deinit
If wpa_supplicant is started with -u but the DBus service is already
registered wpa_supplicant will bail out. However, it will segfault
in wpa_supplicant_deinit because global->drv_priv wasn't allocated
yet.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2009-02-04 21:55:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
421b4ba50a Add CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211 and clarify client MLME limitations
This is based on a patch from Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>, but with
the WIRELESS_DEV part removed instead of moved since it does not apply
anymore. Additional note on client MLME limitations was also added.
2009-02-04 21:48:05 +02:00
Pavel Roskin
e7e9c46e55 Use better examples for MadWifi path in defconfig, clarify comments
MadWifi is unlikely to be in ../head relative to hostapd or
wpa_supplicant, as it would be inside the hostap git repository.
MadWifi sources are more likely to be in a directory called "madwifi"
and residing outside the hostap repository.  Using "madwifi" also
demonstrates that the top-level madwifi directory is needed.
2009-02-04 21:45:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97642d73ee wpa_gui-qt4: Disable WPS tab in the same way as the menu item
Disable by default and only enable if the running wpa_supplicant has
support for WPS. This is based on a patch from Kel Modderman
<kel@otaku42.de>.
2009-02-01 22:02:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1c5aeef0c2 Add comments on the new Broadcom driver not using driver_broadcom.c
The newer Broadcom driver ("hybrid Linux driver") supports Linux
wireless extensions and does not need (or even work) with the old
driver wrapper.
2009-01-30 21:34:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b2cf800af WPS: Lock AP Setup on multiple AP PIN validation failures
If a Registrar tries to configure the AP, but fails to validate the
device password (AP PIN), lock the AP setup after four failures. This
protects the AP PIN against brute force guessing attacks.
2009-01-23 21:57:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a609915233 Allow WPS APs for PIN enrollment even without Selected Registrar
Some WPS APs do not set Selected Registrar attribute to 1 properly when
using an external Registrar. Allow such an AP to be selected for PIN
registration after couple of scan runs that do not find APs marked with
Selected Registrar = 1. This allows wpa_supplicant to iterate through
all APs that advertise WPS support without delaying connection with
implementations that set Selected Registrar = 1 properly.
2009-01-23 13:10:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
695e2b48e2 Documented interface for external WPS credential processing 2009-01-21 16:42:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cc84c1c6b Increased wpa_cli/hostapd_cli ping interval and made it configurable
The default interval is now 5 seconds (used to be 1 second for
interactive mode and 2 seconds for wpa_cli -a). The interval can be
changed with -G<seconds> command line option.
2009-01-20 21:12:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
adddffd129 Fixed MFP Association Comeback mechanism to use Timeout Interval IE
The separate Association Comeback Time IE was removed from IEEE 802.11w
and the Timeout Interval IE (from IEEE 802.11r) is used instead. The
editing on this is still somewhat incomplete in IEEE 802.11w/D7.0, but
still, the use of Timeout Interval IE is the expected mechanism.
2009-01-19 18:42:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
476621644c WPS: Add configurable option for processing credentials externally
The wps_cred_process option can be used to configure wpa_supplicant to
send received Credential attributes for external processing over
ctrl_iface and dbus. This allows external programs to update their
configuration when WPS is used to provision new networks.
2009-01-18 12:27:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eca6e0a9a5 WPS: Provide the unparsed Credential attribute to cred_cb()
This makes it easier to pass the credential data to external programs
(e.g., Network Manager) for processing. The actual use of this data is
not yet included in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.
2009-01-17 22:17:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f286077de2 WPS: Ignore credentials for unsupported authentication type
The current implementation does not support WPA/WPA2-Enterprise
credentials. Ignore any credential that is using unsupported
authentication type to avoid potential issues with partially configured
network blocks.
2009-01-17 21:45:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7aab82b3fe Fixed WPS credential conversion to wpa_supplicant configuration
Must not set pairwise_cipher/group_cipher for non-WPA/WPA2 networks
since the configuration parser is going to reject such values. In
addition, should not limit group_cipher to just TKIP or TKIP|CCMP just
in case the AP is using WEP as the group cipher. Default group_cipher
value can be used for all cases.
2009-01-17 21:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98f14041d0 IBSS RSN: Added key configuration 2009-01-17 18:14:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f057fb2c7 Added a separate ctx pointer for wpa_msg() calls in WPA supp
This is needed to allow IBSS RSN to use per-peer context while
maintaining support for wpa_msg() calls to get *wpa_s as the pointer.
2009-01-17 17:54:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9a2e577b4 IBSS RSN: Set the PSK based on network configuration 2009-01-17 17:47:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4691fc7bc8 IBSS RSN: Set more hardcoded RSN IEs for now
This allows 4-way handshakes to be completed successfully.
2009-01-17 17:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3146b2b961 IBSS RSN: Added couple of required WPA supplicant callback functions 2009-01-17 17:31:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8be1844071 Process received EAPOL frames in IBSS RSN code if in IBSS mode 2009-01-17 17:25:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
53895c3b60 Disable per-BSSID authentication for RSN IBSS
RSN IBSS uses authentication per-STA and that is initialized separately,
so there is no need to enable the per-BSS like authentication that is
used with APs.
2009-01-17 16:41:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5da9c64c9 Save and restore wpa_gui state when session manager restarts the app
This makes wpa_gui remember whether it was only in the tray when the
session was terminated and starts only in the tray if session manager
restarts it automatically.
2009-01-17 13:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da3c6a5e2b Fixed auth_send_eapol() to use correct ctx structure 2009-01-16 01:18:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0fc6e1211 Use a hardcoded RSN IE for testing to start Authenticator
This needs to be replaced with proper RSN IE from the peer STA (e.g.,
from Probe Response).
2009-01-16 01:11:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2d492dd08 Implement EAPOL sending callbacks for IBSS RSN 2009-01-16 00:56:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11ef8d3578 Added initial step for IBSS RSN support
This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used
to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code
from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A
new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN
authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant
will be allocated for each peer.

The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the
state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the
callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 01:21:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
676ea3413d eapol_test: Allow generated RADIUS attributes to be replaced
Do not add the automatically generated RADIUS attributes NAS-IP-Address,
Calling-Station-Id, Framed-MTU, NAS-Port-Type, and Connect-Info if -N
option is used with the same attribute type. This allows these
attributes to be replaced without causing duplicate entries.
2009-01-13 21:33:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
540264a721 Removed wpa_sm dereference from pmksa_cache_list() 2009-01-13 20:22:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93ea8ed034 Partial fix for test_wpa build 2009-01-13 19:37:22 +02:00
Kel Modderman
e0f6d3d9b5 wpa_gui-qt4: silence compile warning + wpsTab enable/disable
Fix compile warning by renaming gridLayout to wpsGridLayout in
wpagui.ui, it seems to be used internally.

/usr/bin/uic-qt4 eventhistory.ui -o .ui/ui_eventhistory.h
/usr/bin/uic-qt4 scanresults.ui -o .ui/ui_scanresults.h
/usr/bin/uic-qt4 wpagui.ui -o .ui/ui_wpagui.h
Warning: name gridLayout is already used
/usr/bin/uic-qt4 userdatarequest.ui -o .ui/ui_userdatarequest.h
/usr/bin/uic-qt4 networkconfig.ui -o .ui/ui_networkconfig.h

Also disable WPS tab if the running supplicant doesn't support that,
just as the WPS action menu is.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2009-01-11 21:44:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76e2592190 Share the same radiotap helper implementation 2009-01-09 15:22:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8383da8009 Fixed eapol_test build after RADIUS API changes (const) 2009-01-09 13:27:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f78f2fb3b Preparations for 0.6.7 release 2009-01-06 20:11:15 +02:00
Eygene Ryabinkin
dfa141b1b0 wpa_cli: Embed command usage into the wpa_cli_commands array
It is better to have command description around the command definitions:
the chances for omitting usage, forgotting to change/delete them, etc.
are smaller than for the separate usage statement. [Bug 290]

Signed-off-by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd@codelabs.ru>
2009-01-05 21:33:34 +02:00
Eygene Ryabinkin
40fd868c09 wpa_cli: Improve sensitive command detection for readline history
I had added flags to the every command description: just now the only
meaningful flag tells that this command has sensitive arguments and it
shouldn't be written to the disk.  I rewrote the logics for the search
for the sensitive commands: special procedure is now loops over all
commands and tries to see if command has sensitive data. [Bug 289]

Signed-off-by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd@codelabs.ru>
2009-01-05 21:07:54 +02:00
Eygene Ryabinkin
413653e839 wpa_cli: fix readline history cleaning
First of all, the history had not been written to the disk, since almost
all commands were cleaned up due to the error in the history cleaning:
the return value of the last os_strncasecmp() call was not compared to
zero, but was rather used as is.  So the condition was almost always
true and most commands were removed from the history.

The second problem was that the evaluation of the potentially sensitive
commands was started at the entry number 1, instead of very first entry.
2009-01-05 20:48:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c04820d80 Fixed a typo in usage help 2009-01-04 22:13:34 +02:00
Tomasz Wolniewicz
db803a3607 eapol_test: Add a universal way of adding extra RADIUS attributes
This change replaces -I and -i options (Chargeable-User-Identity) with a
new -N option that can add any RADIUS attribute into the Access-Request
messages without having to modify eapol_test for each new attribute.
2009-01-04 22:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b39d1280a7 Silenced number of Doxygen warnings 2009-01-04 15:07:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f565d71ac9 Remove wpa_gui from doxygen documentations
The *.ui.h were causing number of warnings and they do not need to be
included in documentation.
2009-01-04 14:58:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f58b20ce66 Fixed IMAGE_PATH for doxygen run in root directory 2009-01-04 14:44:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd7aacbed4 Remove temporary Qt build directories from Doxygen run 2009-01-04 14:28:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
842e11d0bd Remove unwanted wpa_supplicant -> struct wpa_supplicant links
Replace " wpa_supplicant" with " %wpa_supplicant" except for
"struct wpa_supplicant". This makes it easier to write Doxygen comments
since there is no need to add the ugly '%' prefix to each instance of
wpa_supplicant text showing up.
2009-01-04 14:25:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e857fb05df Resolve a Doxygen warning 2009-01-04 14:06:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f1a3e81098 Fixed Doxygen function links
No need to use explicit @link command, but must include () after
function name (and in couple of cases, use the current function name).
2009-01-04 13:54:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dcc03dbe78 Use NULL, not 0, when comparing a pointer 2009-01-03 21:01:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d953d9ab80 Removed sparse destinations since "CC=cgcc make" works fine 2009-01-03 20:39:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e5ba1b916 Mark functions static if not used elsewhere and use proper prototypes 2009-01-03 20:38:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5adf528a2 Moved WPS Registrar initialization from EAP peer to wps_supplicant.c
This matches the style used in hostapd, i.e., Registrar is initialized
only once and callbacks are now processed in wps_supplicant.c.
2009-01-03 20:18:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f90c86d4a3 Added Doxygen documentation for WPS code 2009-01-03 19:50:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
875f6d7b93 Create all doxygen docs from root directory to get proper path names
This updated all doxygen runs to use the same style that was used for
wpa_supplicant full documents. The full vs. fast configurations are now
otherwise identical apart from fast not generating dot files or
latex/pdf version of the documentation.
2009-01-03 09:59:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a17df5fb8b Fixed number of doxygen warnings 2009-01-02 22:28:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4149765a2 Added more src subdirectories into doxygen docs 2009-01-02 22:27:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4be048a8a6 Updated doxygen configuration files to work with new doxygen
The doxygen run is not exactly warning free yet, but this gets a step
closer to being able to produce something useful again.
2009-01-02 21:57:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
243869858a Initialize wpa_ie_len to 0 if WPA IE is not set on all paths
The new WPS code was not setting this in error case.
2009-01-02 21:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79da74a20c WPS: Generate UUID based on MAC address, if not set
Generate a SHA1 hash -based UUID from the local MAC address if the UUID
was not configured. This makes it easier to prepare for WPS since there
is no need to generate an UUID.
2009-01-01 22:56:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97d3497e29 MFP: Require MFP is it is enabled and AP scan shows support for it
When using ap_scan=1, we know before the association request that MFP
will be supported, so we can as well require it. This helps mac80211 in
configuring whether to enable MFP.
2008-12-31 17:53:31 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
d9f5626293 NEED_BASE64 for WPS
It looks like we need base64 routines when compiling WPS in hostapd
(used in src/wps/wps_registrar.c:910).
2008-12-26 16:40:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cae93bdc9c Added a note about IEEE 802.11w/D7.0 update 2008-12-26 12:59:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93b76319f1 Renamed Ping procedure into SA Query procedure per 802.11w/D7.0
This commit changes just the name and Action category per D7.0. The
retransmit/timeout processing in the AP is not yet updated with the
changes in D7.0.
2008-12-26 11:46:21 +02:00
Andriy Tkachuk
a6f06dabb2 Longer auth_timeout for WPS key_mgmt
It seems that for WPS registration we should use the same authentication
timeout as for ieee8021x, no? (See patch attached.) On slow platforms
public keys computation may take around 4-5 seconds (we actually stuck
on this issue).
2008-12-25 20:26:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c674a55d71 Added a ChangeLog entry about the new Windows installer 2008-12-25 17:37:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6207129af4 wpa_gui-qt4: Do not about new network adapters unless service is running
Skip the user prompt for adding a new network interface if wpa_gui is
not yet connected to wpasvc.
2008-12-25 17:32:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6f060d7ec Fixed control interface enabling for dynamically added interface
Set ctrl_interface to non-empty value in INTERFACE_ADD to avoid
ctrl_iface.c assuming the control interface is not to be enabled. This
fixes the dynamically added interface to use control interface.
2008-12-25 17:13:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e40348080d Add Windows registry entries during installation
The NSIS installer will now add Windows registry entries for
wpa_supplicant during installation and removes them during
uninstallation. This allows wpa_gui to start wpasvc and add new
interfaces without requiring the user to do any manual registry
editing.
2008-12-25 16:59:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9904b53d67 wpa_gui-qt4: Added support for adding new network interfaces
"Add interface" command in File menu can now be used to add a new
network interface to running wpa_supplicant (using INTERFACE_ADD control
interface command). In addition, the network interface is added into
Windows registry (with skip_on_error) for future use. This functionality
is currently enabled only for Windows builds. The user is also prompted
about the possibility of adding an interface if no interfaces are
enabled. This makes it easier to get started without having to touch
registry manually.
2008-12-25 16:38:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f44b6b8c04 wpasvc: Add skip_on_error registry value to skip interfaces on error
This can be used to include binding information for multiple interfaces
in Windows registry and only use the ones that match with an available
network interface.
2008-12-24 20:39:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b4a8ae547 Added a mechanism for quering driver wrappers for available interfaces
The new INTERFACE_LIST global control interface command can be used to
request a list of all available network interfaces that could be used
with the enabled driver wrappers. This could be used to enable
interfaces automatically by external programs (e.g., wpa_gui).
2008-12-24 20:25:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac305589a3 Added support for global driver data (shared by multiple interfaces)
Driver wrappers can now register global_init() and global_deinit()
driver_ops handlers to get a global data structure that can be shared
for all interfaces. This allows driver wrappers to initialize some
functionality (e.g., interface monitoring) before any interfaces have
been initialized.
2008-12-22 22:24:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e83a089818 Changed the example device_type value to be Computer/PC 2008-12-22 19:43:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
45832ddd4d Add Start menu shortcuts to wpa_gui and uninstall
In addition, make uninstall use confirm dialog to avoid accidental
uninstalls.
2008-12-21 19:50:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44cd430f87 Fixed PBC overlap detection to handle case of missing UUID-E
UUID-E is not required to be present in Beacon frame, so we need to
accept scan results that do not have UUID-E as a valid PBC situation as
long as not more than one AP is in active PBC mode.
2008-12-21 17:28:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8647475ebe wpa_gui-qt4: Added wpasvc start/stop functionality for Windows
wpa_gui will now ask user whether the wpasvc service should be started
if it is not running. In addition, File menu has items for starting and
stopping the service.
2008-12-21 14:28:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56fac36e86 Silence a compiler warning 2008-12-21 12:26:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9e4465c42 Added more notes about WPS GUI scan operations and wpa_gui 2008-12-20 23:03:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
24c23d1b3c WPS: Added support for wildcard SSID matching in ap_scan=2 mode
Change association behavior to match with ap_scan=1 when WPS is used in
ap_scan=2 mode with wildcard SSID matching. In addition, allow hardcoded
BSSID to be used to select AP even if selected registrar attribute is
not present.
2008-12-20 22:55:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c1e276507 Fixed a typo in a comment 2008-12-20 21:51:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed8db67247 Register wpasvc service on install and unregister on uninstall 2008-12-20 20:49:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
798afa8162 Added Windows NSIS installer for wpa_supplicant 2008-12-20 20:40:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ae2d8aea4 Changed win_gui cross compilation to use cleaner Qt setup
A separate cross compiler mkspecs file (win32-x-g++) is now used to
configure all build options so the setup-mingw-cross-compiling hack is
not needed anymore. Furthermore, the MinGW setup is now on path, so no
need to specify extra PATH changes for it.
2008-12-20 17:50:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2b3a34bab IANA allocated EAP method type 51 to EAP-GPSK 2008-12-20 12:39:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad5302a1ca WPS: Added event callback for successfully completed registration 2008-12-19 22:34:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
469fc3a41f WPS: Added callback for failure-after-M2/M2D
This callback is now used to stop wpa_supplicant from trying to continue
using parameters (most likely, device password) that do not work in a
loop. In addition, wpa_gui can now notify user of failed registration.
2008-12-19 22:19:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b68290e77 WPS: Added event callback and M2D notification
The event callback will be used for various event messages and the M2D
notification is the first such message. It is used to notify wpa_gui
about Registrar not yet knowing the device password (PIN).
2008-12-18 21:58:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9be0963605 Fixed global conf write to skip default values for uuid and os_version 2008-12-18 21:29:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3ece50446 Fixed PSK editing in wpa_gui (copy-paste bug in field names) 2008-12-18 20:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0477201bd WPS: Fixed deinit code for freeing config and registrar data
We need to be a bit more careful when removing the WPS configuration
block since wpa_s->current_ssid may still be pointing at it. In
addition, registrar pointer in wps_context will need to be cleared
since the context data is now maintained over multiple EAP-WSC runs.
Without this, certain WPS operations could have used freed memory.
2008-12-18 01:06:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ede75ae58 WPS: Added wpa_gui-qt4 support for BSS selection and AP PIN use
The specific AP (BSSID) can now be selected through scan results for
WPS (WPS pushbutton on the network configuration dialog). When a BSSID
is selected, AP device PIN (e.g., from a label) can be used to configure
the AP by acting as a Registrar.
2008-12-16 23:43:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64a6f69362 Use less frequent polling when wpa_gui is hidden 2008-12-16 21:25:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d799c0b2c WPS: Added WPS support into wpa_gui-qt4
Currently, only Enrollee operations (both PBC and PIN) are supported.
2008-12-15 22:36:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff8a53a8d7 Use a fixed wps_msg prefix with WPS creds notification 2008-12-15 22:32:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a524f05eb3 WPS: Added control interface notification for available WPS APs
Whenever new scan results include WPS AP(s) and the client is not
associated, send a notification message to control interface monitors.
This makes it easier for GUIs to notify the user about possible WPS
availability without having to go through the scan results.
2008-12-15 20:09:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
484957ae6c Fixed memory leak in WPS PBC overlap detection 2008-12-15 19:50:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4f2774a96 Fixed interoperability issue with PEAPv0 cryptobinding and NPS
Windows Server 2008 NPS gets very confused if the TLS Message Length is
not included in the Phase 1 messages even if fragmentation is not used.
If the TLS Message Length field is not included in ClientHello message,
NPS seems to decide to use the ClientHello data (excluding first six
octets, i.e., EAP header, type, Flags) as the OuterTLVs data in
Cryptobinding Compound_MAC calculation (per PEAPv2; not MS-PEAP)..

Lets add the TLS Message Length to PEAPv0 Phase 1 messages to get rid of
this issue. This seems to fix Cryptobinding issues with NPS and PEAPv0
is now using optional Cryptobinding by default (again) since there are
no known interop issues with it anymore.
2008-12-15 00:15:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
000a1de72b Cleaned up EAP-MSCHAPv2 key derivation
Changed peer to derive the full key (both MS-MPPE-Recv-Key and
MS-MPPE-Send-Key for total of 32 octets) to match with server
implementation.

Swapped the order of MPPE keys in MSK derivation since server
MS-MPPE-Recv-Key | MS-MPPE-Send-Key matches with the order specified for
EAP-TLS MSK derivation. This means that PEAPv0 cryptobinding is now
using EAP-MSCHAPv2 MSK as-is for ISK while EAP-FAST will need to swap
the order of the MPPE keys to get ISK in a way that interoperates with
Cisco EAP-FAST implementation.
2008-12-14 13:12:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e783c6da9 Added INT_RANGE parser for global configuration variables 2008-12-13 18:21:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32896a0dd1 Use shared string parser for global configuration fields 2008-12-13 18:17:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7afb15a10 Share the same global config parser function for integer values 2008-12-13 18:04:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55655636d8 First step in cleaning up global config parser: use parse_data array 2008-12-13 17:57:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c0b7aa4fe Added configuration of WPS device parameters for wpa_supplicant 2008-12-13 17:20:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e33bbd8f4d driver_test: Optional support for using UDP socket
driver_test can now be used either over UNIX domain socket or UDP
socket. This makes it possible to run the test over network and makes it
easier to port driver_test to Windows.

hostapd configuration: test_socket=UDP:<listen port>
wpa_supplicant configuration: driver_param=test_udp=<dst IP addr>:<port>
2008-12-12 21:35:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e72e1d356 Workaround number of compiler warnings with newer MinGW version 2008-12-11 00:56:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1edb9533f1 SHA256 is needed for EAP-AKA' and WPS 2008-12-11 00:48:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
315ce40a00 Renamed the 'alpha2' variable to 'country' to match with config string 2008-12-09 22:15:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
814e925dc4 Added documentation for the new 'country' configuration option 2008-12-09 22:13:35 +02:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
6d1584905c wpa_supplicant: Add support for setting of a regulatory domain
This adds support for setting of a regulatory domain to wpa_supplicant
drivers. It also adds regulatory domain setting for the nl80211 driver.
We expect an ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 in the wpa configuration file as a
global.
2008-12-09 22:11:14 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
556f5a2a28 wpa_supplicant: print password field only if -K is given
Print the password field only if -K is given by using wpa_hexdump_ascii_key
instead of wpa_hexdump_ascii. Additionally mark the password field as key.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2008-12-09 21:56:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13d9817dd0 Fixed a typo in wpa_supplicant manpage 2008-12-08 22:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eef7d7a138 WPS: Added [WPS], [WPS-PIN], [WPS-PBC] flags for scan results 2008-12-08 20:57:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c9f869a05 Added EAP-FAST interop test results with Radiator 4.3.1 2008-12-07 20:27:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9d1364c5f Merged EAP-AKA' into eap_aka.c and added it to defconfig/ChangeLog 2008-12-07 19:24:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a17322c345 Removed mac_addr from eapol_ctx to fix the eapol_test build 2008-12-03 19:53:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c37556cd1 Add a starting point for EAP-AKA' (draft-arkko-eap-aka-kdf-10)
This is just making an as-is copy of EAP-AKA server and peer
implementation into a new file and by using the different EAP method
type that is allocated for EAP-AKA' (50). None of the other differences
between EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' are not yet included.

It is likely that once EAP-AKA' implementation is done and is found to
work correctly, large part of the EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' code will be
shared. However, it is not reasonable to destabilize EAP-AKA
implementation at this point before it is clearer what the final
differences will be.
2008-12-02 20:12:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30f5c941aa WPS: Added note about update_config and added WPS to ChangeLog 2008-11-30 17:48:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd034191ab WPS: Added initial documentation on using WPS with wpa_supplicant 2008-11-30 17:42:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a40ec6a90 Always clear EAP altAccept and altReject variables on new association
Previously, this was only done when the new connection is using
WPA-Personal. However, it looks like it was possible to trigger an
infinite busy loop if altAccept or altReject were left set to true and
an EAPOL frame is received (eapolEap is set to true). Clearing altAccept
and altReject for each association prevents this loop from happening in
the beginning of the next association.
2008-11-30 16:54:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
351f09a221 WPS: Added support for fragmented WPS IE in Beacon and Probe Response
Fragment WPS IE if needed to fit into the IE length limits in hostapd
and Reassemble WPS IE data from multiple IEs in wpa_supplicant.

In addition, moved WPS code from events.c into wps_supplicant.c to clean
up module interfaces.
2008-11-29 22:06:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
728fae1631 WPS: Added WPS into key_mgmt config write handler 2008-11-29 21:02:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc60db4eb WPS: Added wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface commands to start WPS processing
New control interface commands WPS_PBC, WPS_PIN, and WPS_REG can be used
to start WPS processing. These add and select the WPS network block into
the configuration temporarily, i.e., there is no need to add the WPS
network block manually anymore.
2008-11-29 20:59:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e237a6b0d7 Fixed wpa_config_parse_string() not to modify const string.
This allows wpa_config_set() to be used with const strings as the value.
2008-11-29 20:50:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b01c18a8ef WPS: Set Request Type properly into WPS IE in ProbeReq/AssocReq 2008-11-29 13:38:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d7b8e960a WPS: Split wps_common.c into parts
To make it easier to find various functions, attribute functions were
split into wps_attr_{build,parse,process}.c.
2008-11-29 13:16:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
120bd30c34 WPS: Moved RF Bands processing into wps_dev_attr.c
This allows the RF Bands attribute to be configured and stored.
2008-11-29 12:59:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0d041d9a7 WPS: Moved ProbeReq/AssocReq WPS IE building into wps_common.c
This code and the related attributes are not specific to Enrollee
functionality, so wps_common.c is the correct location for them.
2008-11-29 12:44:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d7c918d97 WPS: Pass device data into wps_enrollee_build_probe_req_ie()
Use configured device data instead of hardcoded values to generate WPS
IE for Probe Request.
2008-11-29 12:19:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
398cfbf6be WPS: Moved mac_addr and uuid configuration into wps_context
There is no need to complicate EAPOL and EAP interfaces with WPS
specific parameters now that wps_context is passed through.
2008-11-28 20:44:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
116654ce24 WPS: Moved wps_context initialization into wps_supplicant.c
The wps_context data is now managed at wpa_supplicant, not EAP-WSC. This
makes wpa_supplicant design for WPS match with hostapd one and also
makes it easier configure whatever parameters and callbacks are needed
for WPS.
2008-11-28 20:32:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcbbc7af45 WPS: Merged two cred_cb variables into the same one
Previously, wpa_supplicant as Enrollee case was handled using a
different callback function pointer. However, now that the wps_context
structure is allocated for all cases, the same variable can be used in
all cases.
2008-11-28 20:02:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa201b694f WPS: Move WPS glue code from wpas_glue.c to wps_supplicant.c
This cleans up the internal interface between different modules and is
the first step in getting wpa_supplicant design closer to hostapd as far
as WPS is concerned.
2008-11-28 19:46:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f855f923a7 WPS: Moved UUID configuration from phase1 into global config area 2008-11-26 20:47:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad08c3633c Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation
This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs
can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN
methods are supported.

Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS
parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in
the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or
wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as
an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded
parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 19:34:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e89cc438e Preparations for 0.6.6 release 2008-11-23 17:02:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bf6a16780 Added an attribution based on the original SSLeay license for OpenSSL. 2008-11-21 15:54:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ac2d4a9ee Fixed canceling of PMKSA caching with driver generated RSN IE
It looks like some Windows NDIS drivers (e.g., Intel) do not clear the
PMKID list even when wpa_supplicant explicitly sets the list to be
empty. In such a case, the driver ends up trying to use PMKSA caching
with the AP and wpa_supplicant may not have the PMK that would be needed
to complete 4-way handshake.

RSN processing already had some code for aborting PMKSA caching by
sending EAPOL-Start. However, this was not triggered in this particular
case where the driver generates the RSN IE. With this change, this case
is included, too, and the failed PMKSA caching attempt is cleanly
canceled and wpa_supplicant can fall back to full EAP authentication.
2008-11-21 15:31:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76e6f26a94 Remove the unwanted Windows console from the Windows binary version of wpa_gui 2008-11-21 14:26:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b14fb0cab Silence printf() calls in wpa_gui to avoid stdout output from a GUI program 2008-11-21 14:05:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8038591be2 wpa_gui: Add a PNG version of the tray icon for Windows binary build
It looks like Qt does not support SVG format by default on Windows and
it was not trivial to add the plugin into the build, so for now, build a
16x16 PNG icon file for Windows binary to avoid showing an invisible
icon in the tray.
2008-11-21 13:58:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c31a11c962 Changed PEAPv0 cryptobinding to be disabled by default
There are some interoperability issues with Windows Server 2008 NPS, so
better disable cryptobinding use by default for now.
2008-11-20 12:49:34 +02:00
Carolin Latze
98842d51ec Separate OpenSSL engine configuration for Phase 2
I fixed the engine issue in phase2 of EAP-TTLS. The problem was that you
only defined one engine variable, which was read already in phase1. I
defined some new variables:

engine2
engine2_id
pin2

and added support to read those in phase2 wheres all the engine
variables without number are only read in phase1. That solved it and I
am now able to use an engine also in EAP-TTLS phase2.
2008-11-18 16:53:32 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
e519314ee9 Add RoboSwitch driver interface for wpa_supplicant
Find attached the patch that creates a new driver: roboswitch. This
driver adds support for wired authentication with a Broadcom
RoboSwitch chipset. For example it is now possible to do wired
authentication with a Linksys WRT54G router running OpenWRT.

LIMITATIONS
- At the moment the driver does not support the BCM5365 series (though
adding it requires just some register tweaks).
- The driver is also limited to Linux (this is a far more technical
restriction).
- In order to compile against a 2.4 series you need to edit
include/linux/mii.h and change all references to "u16" in "__u16". I
have submitted a patch upstream that will fix this in a future version
of the 2.4 kernel. [These modifications (and more) are now included in
the kernel source and can be found in versions 2.4.37-rc2 and up.]

USAGE
- Usage is similar to the wired driver. Choose the interfacename of
the vlan that contains your desired authentication port on the router.
This name must be formatted as <interface>.<vlan>, which is the
default on all systems I know.
2008-11-18 16:30:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd35db9fef Updated userspace MLME instructions for current mac80211
Remove the old code from driver_wext.c since the private ioctl interface is
never going to be used with mac80211. driver_nl80211.c has an
implementation than can be used with mac80211 (with two external patches to
enable userspace MLME configuration are still required, though).
2008-11-18 15:45:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0cf03892a4 OpenSSL 0.9.9 API change for EAP-FAST session ticket overriding API
Updated OpenSSL code for EAP-FAST to use an updated version of the
session ticket overriding API that was included into the upstream
OpenSSL 0.9.9 tree on 2008-11-15 (no additional OpenSSL patch is
needed with that version anymore).
2008-11-16 21:29:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1e8b9d2889 Updated interop results for ACS 4.2 2008-11-16 11:30:34 +02:00
Kel Modderman
efd59c96d7 wpa_gui-qt4: tweak icon Makefile
Output the xpm icons in more convenient location.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-11-11 17:41:19 +02:00
Martin Michlmayr
65db6cad23 wpa_gui-qt4: FTBFS with GCC 4.4: missing #include
GCC 4.4 cleaned up some more C++ headers.  You always have to #include
headers directly and cannot rely for things to be included indirectly.

> g++ -c -pipe -O2 -Wall -W -D_REENTRANT -DCONFIG_CTRL_IFACE
-DCONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_UNIX -DQT_NO_DEBUG -DQT_GUI_LIB -DQT_CORE_LIB -DQT_SHARED
-I/usr/share/qt4/mkspecs/linux-g++ -I. -I/usr/include/qt4/QtCore
-I/usr/include/qt4/QtCore -I/usr/include/qt4/QtGui -I/usr/include/qt4/QtGui
-I/usr/include/qt4 -I. -I.. -I../../src/utils -I../../src/common -I.moc -I.ui -o
.obj/wpagui.o wpagui.cpp
> wpagui.cpp: In constructor 'WpaGui::WpaGui(QWidget*, const char*,
Qt::WFlags)':
> wpagui.cpp:98: error: 'printf' was not declared in this scope

From: Martin Michlmayr <tbm@cyrius.com>
Bug:  http://bugs.debian.org/505041

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-11-11 17:36:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
46690a3b9b Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by
delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and
60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK
(i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This
is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option
CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config.

This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing
the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame
resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 04:43:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa71a1d84a Fixed EAP-AKA RES Length field in AT_RES as length in bits, not bytes 2008-11-07 08:30:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
581a8cde77 Added support for enforcing frequent PTK rekeying
Added a new configuration option, wpa_ptk_rekey, that can be used to
enforce frequent PTK rekeying, e.g., to mitigate some attacks against TKIP
deficiencies. This can be set either by the Authenticator (to initiate
periodic 4-way handshake to rekey PTK) or by the Supplicant (to request
Authenticator to rekey PTK).

With both wpa_ptk_rekey and wpa_group_rekey (in hostapd) set to 600, TKIP
keys will not be used for more than 10 minutes which may make some attacks
against TKIP more difficult to implement.
2008-11-06 19:57:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81eec387dd Added Milenage-GSM simulator for EAP-SIM
CONFIG_SIM_SIMULATOR=y in .config and password="Ki:OPc" in network config
to enable.
2008-11-06 04:21:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a24bb3199 Added Milenage USIM emulator for EAP-AKA (can be used to simulate test
USIM card with a known private key; enable with CONFIG_USIM_SIMULATOR in
.config and password="Ki:OPc:SQN" in network configuration).
2008-11-05 23:02:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
988ab690ac Preparations for 0.6.5 release 2008-11-01 17:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8caa12b46c Added a comment about VS2008EE and updated WinPcap/OpenSSL versions 2008-11-01 14:46:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3e51d9f03 Fixed ctrl_iface BSS command to fetch scan results, if needed
This makes BSS command work line SCAN_RESULTS and allows wpa_gui to get
some scan results without explicit scan results even when using ap_scan=2.
2008-11-01 14:28:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6a55236ce Updated VS2005 project files with new and removed C files 2008-11-01 13:03:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fd0b8f196 Use os_snprintf() instead of snprintf() 2008-11-01 13:02:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1add3c3387 Use the common ieee802_11_parse_elems() implementations for mlme.c 2008-10-29 21:57:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
308a4ec81a Verify fread(), fwrite(), and system() return values
These were starting to trigger compiler warning with recent glibc header
files and gcc.
2008-10-29 19:33:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8de4f2e9ba Avoid some gcc 4.3 warnings about deprecated string conversions 2008-10-14 07:39:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1073e0ce46 wpa_gui-qt4: Set EAP-FAST provisioning parameters if inner method is 'any' 2008-10-07 18:53:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0930209dc2 Register a quick auth timeout if EAPOL fails to avoid long waits
This may be needed if the AP does not disconnect in case of EAP-FAST
unauthenticated provisioning (EAP-Failure). Adding the local short timeout
will speed up the process in such a case by reducing the wait (which can
often be up to 60 seconds).
2008-10-02 17:27:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99a10f8d2c Added debug_timestamp option to Windows registry 2008-10-02 16:26:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
129b4d35d4 Set update_config=1 in the example Windows registry config 2008-10-02 14:12:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c08b9180cd Save config after blob updates from EAP (if update_config=1)
This allows EAP-FAST PAC updates to be stored when using config blobs
instead of external files.
2008-10-02 14:10:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5373c18233 wpa_gui-qt4: Fixed phase2 format for EAP-FAST GTC+MSCHAPv2 case 2008-10-02 14:09:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e8c9a27f5 Fixed a typo 2008-10-02 12:40:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4edd453933 wpa_gui-qt4: Set EAP-FAST provisioning parameters 2008-10-02 12:39:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be8b1f2eb0 wpa_gui-qt4: Unset string variables instead of setting them to ""
This allows identity (etc.) variables to be removed from configuration
which is different from setting them to an empty string. For example,
EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA can now be configured to use identity string generation
from SIM/USIM by clearing the identity string in wpa_gui.
2008-10-02 12:24:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b56c0546b7 Extended ctrl_iface SET_NETWORK to allow variables to be unset
Setting the value of the SET_NETWORK command to NULL (without quotation)
unsets the variable, i.e., removes it from configuration file. This is
needed to allow GUI programs to clear variables, e.g., identity for
EAP-AKA/SIM.
2008-10-02 12:16:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8de594965f wpa_gui-qt4: Added support for configuring Phase 2 method 2008-10-01 16:43:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78ea9702c0 Add pcsc="" to configuration for EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA
This allows real SIM/USIM cards to be used by enabling PC/SC.
2008-10-01 14:44:24 +03:00
Kel Modderman
fc0db5c916 wpa_gui-qt4: add support for starting in system tray only
Allow application to be started in the system tray only when started with
the `-t' command line argument.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-10-01 09:48:11 +03:00
Kel Modderman
66897ae779 wpa_gui-qt4: clean up closeEvent handler
When the system tray icon is created, qApp's setQuitOnLastWindowClosed
property is set to false, therefore do _not_ ignore widget close events, or
else wpa_gui will refuse to exit when the window manager is logging out.

While at it, remove WpaGui::fileExit() and connect fileExitAction to
quit().

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-10-01 09:44:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91a0548210 FT: Do not call wpa_ft_prepare_auth_request() if FT is not used
This saves some extra processing for the non-FT case if FT is built in, but
not used for the association.
2008-09-29 17:28:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38fa763405 Added set_mode() handler for privsep 2008-09-29 17:09:26 +03:00
Dan Williams
ec5f180a24 Add an optional set_mode() driver_ops handler for setting mode before keys
A bug just got reported as a result of this for mac80211 drivers.

https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=459399

The basic problem is that since taking the device down clears the keys
from the driver on many mac80211-based cards, and since the mode gets
set _after_ the keys have been set in the driver, the keys get cleared
on a mode switch and the resulting association is wrong.  The report is
about ad-hoc mode specifically, but this could happen when switching
from adhoc back to managed mode.
2008-09-29 16:45:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa2ec7eb63 Silenced compiler warnings on size_t printf format and shadowed variables 2008-09-27 10:46:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9cf32261ee Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message
This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and
non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing
"Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already
selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 17:24:40 +03:00
Kel Modderman
89f97a1c8d Don't bother showing a status message when returning to the system tray,
but still show a one time tray message to indicate to the user that the
program is still running in the tray if they triggered the window manager
close button.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-26 15:42:12 +03:00
Kel Modderman
d70028d337 wpa_gui-qt4: remove lastWindowClosed() signal handler
Do not connect lastWindowClosed() to quit(), instead explicitly close the
application if File->Exit or window manager close button is activated.
This allows the tray app to avoid being closed with last visible window,
and launch scan and event history windows individually.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-25 21:12:08 +03:00
Bernard Gray
1019a696a7 wpa_gui-qt4: enhance svg icon
Enhance the wpa_gui-qt4 icon:

* removed unused layer
* moved spurious rectangle back where it belongs
* removed flat edge from top of the lower white glow object

Signed-off-by: Bernard Gray <bernard.gray@gmail.com>
2008-09-25 21:09:44 +03:00
Kel Modderman
1c63bd0c41 wpa_gui-qt4: add status fields to tray message
Add extra state status fields to the tray icon message bubble. Do not
display an empty message.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-25 21:06:32 +03:00
Andriy Tkachuk
488af690b6 Fix build with CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME, but without CONFIG_IEEE80211W
mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_rx_mgmt_action':
mlme.c:1990: warning: implicit declaration of function
'ieee80211_rx_mgmt_ping_action'
...
mlme.o(.text+0x3007): In function `ieee80211_sta_rx':
/home/ant/hostap/hostap06/hostap/wpa_supplicant/mlme.c:1990: undefined reference
to `ieee80211_rx_mgmt_ping_action'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
2008-09-24 13:02:17 +03:00
Dan Nicholson
23e072374e Don't post scan results when initial scan is emtpy
When the initial scan is made, just the cached results from the driver
are used. If this is empty, it's useless to post the results since
another scan is being scheduled immediately. This just causes extra
processing from listeners for no gain.
2008-09-24 12:51:08 +03:00
Dan Nicholson
2064c2f985 Restore scan request settings if initial association failed
The scan path to initiate another scan if the initial association failed
was broken due to wpa_s->scan_req being zeroed earlier in
wpa_supplicant_scan(). This caused the second scan to bail out early
since it thought this was not a requested scan.
2008-09-24 12:48:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76dca89295 Add a new auto-generated file to be ignored 2008-09-24 12:29:04 +03:00
Kel Modderman
b199b7e654 wpa_gui-qt4: add system tray support
Add system tray icon support to wpa_gui-qt4. The tray icon remains quiet
when the main dialog is visible, so it should not cause too much pain for
more conservative users of wpa_gui. The addition involves the following
changes:

* when closing wpa_gui via window manager close box, wpa_gui close event is
  ignored and it is minimised to system tray. A status message is displayed
  (or popup dialog box if tray messages are not supported) to provide a
  visual hint that the program is still running in the background.
* add File->Exit slot handler to facilitate application quit from main
  dialog
* provide a context menu with a short list of useful actions
* show/hide main dialog when icon is triggered (single click)
* ensure main dialog is visible when event handler or scan results is
  chosen from tray icon context menu
* show tray messages on connected and disconnected events, display a status
  message a few seconds after connected events

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-24 12:26:57 +03:00
Kel Modderman
0fae9ad39b wpa_gui-qt4: remove qPixmapFromMimeSource from ui files
When integrating the new art, this UI entry:

<pixmapfunction>qPixmapFromMimeSource</pixmapfunction>

Caused the following error:

.obj/wpagui.o: In function `Ui_WpaGui::setupUi(QMainWindow*)':
wpagui.cpp:(.text._ZN9Ui_WpaGui7setupUiEP11QMainWindow[Ui_WpaGui::setupUi(QMainWindow*)]+0xd3): undefined reference to `qPixmapFromMimeSource(QString const&)'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status

Removing qPixmapFromMimeSource seems to have no unwanted side effects, and
allows successful build again. Research leads me to believe it depends on
Qt3Support, which we do not want.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-24 12:24:49 +03:00
Kel Modderman
62b86dba6e wpa_gui-qt4: use new svg as application icon
Enhance wpa_gui's appearance by integrating the new svg icon via a resource
file.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-24 12:22:50 +03:00
Kel Modderman
11caae9d1f wpa_gui-qt4: desktop entry file
A desktop entry file for wpa_gui.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-24 12:20:58 +03:00
Bernard Gray
99112a2d75 wpa_gui-qt4: add svg icon
Introducing an original wpa_gui icon, in svg format, with Makefile for
easy conversion to other icon formats. The icon is thanks to Bernard Gray.

Signed-off-by: Bernard Gray <bernard.gray@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-09-24 12:19:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6572fc0d1b IEEE 802.11w: Use comeback duration to delay association 2008-09-01 11:49:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c684525947 FT: Fixed FTIE for authentication after a failed association 2008-09-01 11:38:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
565861976d Added support for using SHA256-based stronger key derivation for WPA2
IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 defines new AKMPs to indicate SHA256-based algorithms for
key derivation (and AES-CMAC for EAPOL-Key MIC). Add support for using new
AKMPs and clean up AKMP processing with helper functions in defs.h.
2008-08-31 22:57:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d22a1d5aa IEEE 802.11w: Added association ping
This updates management frame protection to use the assocition ping process
from the latest draft (D6.0) to protect against unauthenticated
authenticate or (re)associate frames dropping association.
2008-08-31 11:04:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b60b0aaad Updated MFP defines based on IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 and use new MFPC/MFPR
This adds most of the new frame format and identifier definitions from IEEE
802.11w/D6.0. In addition, the RSN IE capability field values for MFP is
replaced with the new two-bit version with MFPC (capable) and MFPR
(required) processing.
2008-08-30 14:59:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d8ce433c9 Internal X.509/TLSv1: Support SHA-256 in X.509 certificate digest 2008-08-16 11:21:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c8735848d nl80211: Preliminary code for usermode MLME support
This adds some parts needed to use usermode MLME with the current mac80211
(plus a patch to add a new cfg80211 command; not yet submitted to
wireless-testing). This version creates a monitor interface for management
frames and is able to send Probe Request frames during scan. However, it
looks like management frame reception is not yet working properly. In
addition, mlme_{add,remove}_sta() handlers are still missing.
2008-08-15 22:14:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
101533269f Fixed supported rates IE generation for Probe Response frames. 2008-08-15 22:10:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1e033b0bb IEEE Std 802.11r-2008 has been released, so update references 2008-08-15 11:25:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d48ae45b73 Preparations for 0.6.4 release 2008-08-10 20:33:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6724f4d07a Fixed MinGW build without CONFIG_NDIS_EVENTS_INTEGRATED defined 2008-08-10 18:11:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ff77e070d Fixed opportunistic key caching (OKC)
wpa_sm_set_config() can be called even if the network block does not
change. However, the previous version ended up calling
pmksa_cache_notify_reconfig() every time and this cleared the network
context from PMKSA cache entries. This prevented OKC from ever being used.

Do not call pmksa_cache_notify_reconfig() if the network context remains
unchanged to allow OKC to be used.
2008-08-03 20:16:59 +03:00
Dan Williams
93ef879f0f wext: fix maxrate calculation
When scan results got moved from wpa_scan_result -> wpa_scan_res, the
'maxrate' member was dropped from wpa_scan_res.  The D-Bus interface
used 'maxrate', which was replaced with wpa_scan_get_max_rate().
Unfortunately, wpa_scan_get_max_rate() returns 802.11 rate values
directly from the IE, where 'maxrate' was the rate in bits/second.  The
supplicant internally fakes an IE for wpa_scan_res from the value of
wpa_scan_result->maxrate, but interprets ->maxrate as an 802.11 rate
index.

As a side-effect, this fixes a soft-break of the D-Bus control API since
the wpa_scan_res change was introduced.
2008-07-15 20:07:50 +03:00
Michael Bernhard
886a807fb5 Make proactive key caching working again
Function 'wpa_sm_set_config' used the argument 'config' as the network
context which is a pointer to a local variable of the function
'wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config'.

This is one reason why no proactive key was generated. This network
context never matched with the network context saved in the pmksa cache
entries.

The structure 'rsn_supp_config' has already a member 'network_ctx' which
is now filled in by this patch with 'ssid'.

Signed-off-by: Michael Bernhard <michael.bernhard@bfh.ch>
2008-07-06 10:50:53 +03:00
Pavel Polischouk
9d6762cfca man wpa_supplicant: Clearly state which options are given per interface
Documentation appeared a little vague about which options are global and
which are tied to a particular interface. This leads to confusion when
using certain combinations of options, e.g. the command "wpa_supplicant
-c /etc/wpa_supplican.conf -u" will not do what is intuitively expected
from it - it will not read the config file given with -c option because
no -i option was given. This command is still valid because -u option is
used. The wpa_supplicant running like this will also not listen on any
control socket, because the socket file name is usually given in the
config file. This command line also happens to be the default in Fedora 9.
This patch does not try to change any behaviour, but rather document
these nuances clearly.
2008-06-18 11:52:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e2ad1b932 Fixed race condition between disassociation event and group key handshake
This avoids getting stuck in state where wpa_supplicant has canceled scans,
but the driver is actually in disassociated state. The previously used code
that controlled scan timeout from WPA module is not really needed anymore
(and has not been needed for past four years since authentication timeout
was separated from scan request timeout), so this can simply be removed to
resolved the race condition. As an extra bonus, this simplifies the
interface to WPA module.
[Bug 261]
2008-06-09 16:26:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2eeaa5c9d0 EAP-PEAP: Moved the common peap_prfplus() function into a shared file 2008-06-09 10:32:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f5285e852 Added a preliminary nl80211/cfg80211 driver interface for wpa_supplicant
driver_nl80211.c is based on driver_wext.c and it is still using Linux
wireless extensions for many functions. Over time, the new driver interface
code should be modified to use nl80211/cfg80211 for everything.
2008-06-06 16:55:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
187bc466a3 Removed the 20% estimate on faster bignum routines
This was not accurate since this was mostly based on total runtime of an
eapol_test run. The real improvement in the bignum routines is much larger
(mayby twice as fast as before).
2008-06-06 10:30:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b95394c66f Combined internal LibTomMath configuration into one option
CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST=y in .config can now be used to enable all
optimized routines at a cost of about 4 kB. This is small enough increase
in size to justify simplified configuration.
2008-06-06 10:21:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec0205a87a Added an option to build internal LibTomMath with faster div routine
At the cost of about 1 kB of additional binary size, the internal
LibTomMath can be configured to include faster div routine to speed up DH
and RSA. This can be enabled with CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST_DIV=y in
.config.
2008-06-06 10:11:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f5c91aeb Add faster, optional sqr routine for internal LibTomMath
At the cost of about 0.5 kB of additional binary size, the internal
LibTomMath can be configured to include faster sqr routine to speed up DH
and RSA. This can be enabled with CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST_SQR=y in
.config.
2008-06-05 18:33:46 +03:00
Dan Williams
1d3c75b3b6 Give adhoc associations a bit more time
Depending on how the driver implements IBSS searching and creation, it
may need to perform one or more scans before successfully completing the
association operation.  Therefore, increase the timeout for IBSS
association operations so that the supplicant doesn't interrupt the
driver as much.
2008-06-04 21:00:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ccc0402b2 Internal LibTomMath: add optional support for Montgomery reduction
Add a cost of about 2.5 kB of additional cost, the internal LibTomMath can
be configured to include fast exptmod routine to speed up DH and RSA.
This can be enabled with CONFIG_INTERNAL_LIBTOMMATH_FAST_EXPTMOD=y in
.config.
2008-06-04 11:57:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e16edc86 Introduced new helper function is_zero_ether_addr()
Use this inline function to replace os_memcmp(addr,
"\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00", ETH_ALEN) == 0.
2008-06-03 18:08:48 +03:00
Dan Williams
7e1488494e Do not continually reschedule specific scans to help finding hidden SSIDs
In situations where the driver does background scanning and sends a
steady stream of scan results, wpa_supplicant would continually
reschedule the scan.  This resulted in specific SSID scans never
happening for a hidden AP, and the supplicant never connecting to the AP
because it never got found.  Instead, if there's an already scheduled
scan, and a request comes in to reschedule it, and there are enabled
scan_ssid=1 network blocks, let the scan happen anyway so the hidden
SSID has a chance to be found.
2008-06-03 11:37:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d952d16df4 Internal TLS: Added support for parsing PKCS #8 formatted private keys
The internal TLS implementation can now use both PKCS #1 RSA private key
and PKCS #8 encapsulated RSA private key. PKCS #8 encrypted private key is
not yet supported.
2008-06-02 19:39:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b5aebee49e Fixed dbus build without OpenSSL. 2008-06-02 18:45:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec717917e5 Fixed build without CONFIG_IEEE8021X_EAPOL, but with CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE 2008-05-30 18:43:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b52ea47e4 Added fragmentation support for EAP-TNC 2008-05-26 12:00:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9521c7438 Example configuration for EAP-TLS authentication using PKCS#11 TPM token 2008-05-23 19:41:05 +03:00
David Smith
61ee0f71bb Add support to wpa_supplicant configuring eap_peer for client cert and CA
cert on smartcard, plus handling phase2 auth with smartcard same as phase1.
2008-05-23 10:55:30 +03:00
David Smith
e403be0b12 Add setSmartcardModules DBus message to set pkcs11 and opensc options
This will be used by most importantly network manager to set smartcard
options at run time.
2008-04-28 17:15:56 +03:00
Henrik Brix Andersen
a6a89fea36 Fix compilation without IEEE8021X_EAPOL defined 2008-04-28 17:06:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe2b7dda02 Fixed fallback to full handshake when server rejects PAC-Opaque
The TLS client changes in ssl3_get_server_hello() were based on the
pre-RFC 5077 version of OpenSSL and they hardcoded s->hit to 1 in case
PAC-Opaque was used. This prevented fallback to full TLS handshake in case
the server rejected PAC-Opaque in ClientHello. The fixed version simplifies
ssl3_get_server_hello() and uses the new RFC 5077 functionality in OpenSSL
(ssl3_check_finished) to allow the state machine handle start of
abbreviated handshake based on the used ticket.
2008-04-15 17:24:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6888f9e37 PEAPv0: Added crypto_binding configuration option (part of phase1)
crypto_binding=# in phase1 network parameter can now be used to change the
PEAPv0 cryptobinding behavior (0 = do not use, 1 = optional (default),
2 = required).
2008-04-08 14:57:39 +03:00
Kel Modderman
0e5776f673 Remove the -w option from help output
Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-03-31 11:51:49 +03:00
Kel Modderman
7da6794022 Explain not all driver backends will be compiled into wpa_supplicant binary
Explain that wpa_supplicant supports a variety of drivers, but only a
subset of them are chosen at compile time.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-03-31 11:49:55 +03:00
Tomasz Wolniewicz
c454f57379 eapol_test: Allow client IP address to be specified
Allow the user to set the IP address of the eapol_test client. This if
very useful when you have a machine with many interfaces and want to use a
particular one for testing RADIUS connectivity. For instance when I run the
national eduroam proxy I can only connect to other server from a particular
address, an our machine happens to have several IPs. So if I want to run
connectivity tests, I must make sure that my test uses a particular
interface. The -A option allows one to set this).

(jm: cleaned up to use radius configuration structure instead of global
variable for the address and added IPv6 support)
2008-03-30 18:15:52 +03:00
Tomasz Wolniewicz
1e4b9da10c Chargeable-User-Identity (RFC 4372) in eapol_test
Implements the Chargable-User-Identity (CUI), as defined in RFC 4372.
Option "-i" causes the eapol_test to send a NUL CUI - which is a request to
send a CUI back. Capital "-I" allows to specify the value of the CUI.
This has been defined for cases where the client wants to reauthenticate.
2008-03-30 17:39:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7d8003358 EAP-PEAP: Fixed interop issues in key derivation with cryptobinding
It looks like Microsoft implementation does not match with their
specification as far as PRF+ label usage is concerned.. IPMK|CMK is derived
without null termination on the label, but the label for CSK derivation
must be null terminated.

This allows cryptobinding to be used with PEAPv0 in a way that
interoperates with Windows XP SP3 (RC2) and as such, this functionality is
now enabled as an optional addition to PEAPv0.
2008-03-19 16:58:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ac0e4df1c EAP-PEAP: Moved EAP-TLV processing into eap_peap.c
EAP-PEAP was the only method that used the external eap_tlv.c peer
implementation. This worked fine just for the simple protected result
notification, but extending the TLV support for cryptobinding etc. is not
trivial with such separation. With the TLV processing integrated into
eap_peap.c, all the needed information is now available for using
additional TLVs.
2008-03-18 11:26:17 +02:00
Masakazu Mokuno
b5a357b476 Add support for PS3 Linux wireless driver
This adds support for PS3 wireless to wpa_supplicant.

Although PS3 wireless driver is designed to conform the WEXT standard
as much as possible, unfortunately the wext driver wrapper of
wpa_supplicant can not support PS3 wireless fully because:

 - PS3 wireless driver uses private WEXT ioctls for accepting PSK of
   WPA-Personal from the userland.
   WEXT does not specify the way to do it.

 - The association and 4-way handshake are done by PS3 virtual
   wireless device. The guest OSes can not interfere it.

 - No EAPOL frames are allowed to go outside of the
   hypervisor/firmware nor come from. They are eaten by the firmware.

Thus I needed to make a new driver wrapper for PS3 wireless.

This patch can be applied against the latest 0.6.x tree.

Signed-off-by: Masakazu Mokuno <mokuno@sm.sony.co.jp>
2008-03-13 19:00:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
658d166297 FT: Use correct BSSID when deriving PTK and verifying MIC
The old version was using struct wpa_sm::bssid which is not necessarily
updated to point to the correct target address when doing over-the-air FT
since the address is used before the association has actually been
completed.
2008-03-12 11:20:20 +02:00
Ryan Hill
748e54937d The attached patch fixes a few build errors when compiling with GCC 4.3,
caused by a few missing header includes. It was done against 0.5.8, but
still applies to 0.5.10.
2008-03-12 09:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
502a293e30 TNC: Added TNC server support into documentation and ChangeLogs 2008-03-09 12:14:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f1c561725 TNC: Added support for using TNC with EAP-FAST 2008-03-09 11:21:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e888179e1 Make the "invalid group" error show up with default verbosity level 2008-03-06 22:49:46 +02:00
Dan Williams
d113aa91ca Fix qt3 wpa_gui build
When a WpaMsg item to the QValueList WpaMsgList, there's no constructor
that the QValueList can call.  This is a port of the fix from the stable
branch where it builds fine.
2008-03-05 18:30:01 +02:00
Dan Williams
cf7a576f67 Fix potential use-after-free in dbus byte array demarshaling code
The byte array code should be clearing its own pointer, not the string
array pointer.
2008-03-05 16:15:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9474b3a4e4 Added a missing '#' to indicate a comment. 2008-03-05 16:06:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c673c5fc0f Renamed local DBUS_VERSION define to avoid conflict with dbus 1.1 headers 2008-03-05 16:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7914585fe0 EAP-FAST: Cleaned up TLV processing and added support for EAP Sequences
Number of TLVs were processed in groups and these cases were now separated
into more flexible processing of one TLV at the time. wpabuf_concat()
function was added to make it easier to concatenate TLVs. EAP Sequences are
now supported in both server and peer code, but the server side is not
enabled by default.
2008-02-27 17:59:34 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
a4819630f6 EAP-FAST: Added shared helper functions for building TLVs 2008-02-27 17:56:30 -08:00
Kel Modderman
eff06a7cdb Enhance manpage with use of emphasis instead of strong quote
The Debian package checker "lintian" was making noise about
wpa_supplicant.conf(5). It was caused by a line beginning with ', which is
apparently not liked by man(1).

I suggest the use of <emphasis>word</emphasis> where 'word' is used at the
moment.

Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
2008-02-27 17:48:23 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
3b46a31ec7 Added files that cg-init excluded 2008-02-27 17:36:06 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc6879bd5 Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release 2008-02-27 17:34:43 -08:00